Brother Laser MFC

SERVICE MANUAL

Original models (with fan/ without fan):

DCP- 1510/151
1510/1511/1512/151
1/1512/1514/1518/15
4/1518/1519
19
MFC-1810/1811/1813/1814/1815/1816/
1818/1819

Models support smaller than A4/letter size:

DCP- 1600/160
1600/1601/1602/160
1/1602/1608/1619
8/1619
MFC-1900/1901/1905/1906/1908

Models support smaller than A4/letter size with LAN function:

DCP- 1610W/16
1610W/1612W/1615
12W/1615NW/1616NW
NW/1616NW//
1617NW/1618W/1622W/1623W
MFC-1910W/1911W/1911NW/1912W/

1915W/1916NW/1919NW

Read this manual thoroughly before maintenance work.

Keep this manual in a convenient place for quick and easy reference at all times.

April 2013
SM-FAX146
8C5G*
(12)

Confidential
The function comparative table below is for models described in this Service Manual.
DCP-1510 DCP-1511 DCP-1512 DCP-1514
FAN With/Without With/Without With/Without With
16 characters 16 characters 16 characters 16 characters
LCD
x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A N/A N /A N /A
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided
ADF N/A N/A N/A N/A
Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker N /A N/A N /A N /A
Numeric key pad N /A N/A N /A N /A
FAX N /A N/A N /A N /A
Handset N /A N/A N /A N /A
Paper smaller than
N /A N/A N /A N /A
A4/letter size

DCP-1518 DCP-1519
FAN Without With
10 characters 10 characters
x 2 lines (2byte) x 2 lines (2byte)
LCD
20 characters 20 characters
x 2 lines (1byte) x 2 lines (1byte)
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A N/A
Scanner One-sided One-sided
ADF N/A N/A
Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker N /A N/A
Numeric key pad N /A N/A
FAX N /A N/A
Handset N /A N/A
Paper smaller than
N /A N/A
A4/letter size

There are two types of models with a fan and without a fan.
A "F" framed in rectangular is affixed to the rating label on the model with a fan, can be used to
distinguish between models with a fan and those without.
The image at the bottom shows the label on the models with fans.
<Except for DCP-1510 for Taiwan, MFC-1815 for Taiwan>

"F" should be framed in rectangular with fan

specification to be in printing A .
It should be printed by production dept.

<DCP-1510 for Taiwan, MFC-1815 for Taiwan>

"F" should be framed in rectangular with fan

specification to be in printing A .
It should be printed by production dept.

Confidential
 DCP-1600 DCP-1601 DCP-1602 DCP-1608
FAN With With W i th With
16 characters 16 characters 16 characters 10 characters
LCD
x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines (2byte)
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A N/A N /A N /A
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided
ADF N/A N/A N/A N/A

Capacity
(Paper tray) 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
Speaker N /A N/A N /A N /A
Numeric key pad N /A N/A N /A N /A
FAX N /A N/A N /A N /A
Handset N /A N/A N /A N /A
Paper smaller than
   
A4/letter size

DCP-1619 DCP-1610W DCP-1612W DCP-1615NW

FAN With With W i th With
10 characters 16 characters 16 characters 16 characters
LCD
x 2 lines (2byte) x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A Wireless Wireless Wired/Wireless

Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided

ADF  N/A N /A 

Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker N /A N/A N /A N /A
Numeric key pad N /A N/A N /A N /A
FAX N /A N/A N /A N /A
Handset N /A N/A N /A N /A
Paper smaller than
   
A4/letter size

DCP-1622W
DCP-1616NW DCP-1617NW DCP-1618W
DCP-1623W
FAN With With W i th With
16 characters 16 characters 10 characters 16 characters
LCD
x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines (2byte) x 2 lines
Wired/Wireless LAN Wired/Wireless Wired/Wireless Wireless Wireless
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided
ADF   N /A N /A
Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker N /A N/A N /A N /A
Numeric key pad N /A N/A N /A N /A
FAX N /A N/A N /A N /A
Handset N /A N/A N /A N /A
Paper smaller than
   
A4/letter size

Confidential
 MFC-1810 MFC-1811 MFC-1813 MFC-1814
FAN With/Without With/Without Without With
10 characters
16 characters 16 characters x 2 lines (2byte) 16 characters
LCD
x 2 lines x 2 lines 20 characters x 2 lines
x 2 lines (1byte)
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A N/A N /A N /A
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided

ADF    
Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker    

Numeric key pad    

FAX    

Handset N /A N/A N /A N /A
Paper smaller than
N /A N/A N /A N /A
A4/letter size

MFC-1815 MFC-1816 MFC-1818 MFC-1819

FAN With/Without With Without W i th
10 characters 10 characters 10 characters
16 characters x 2 lines (2byte) x 2 lines (2byte) x 2 lines (2byte)
LCD
x 2 lines 20 characters 20 characters 20 characters
x 2 lines (1byte) x 2 lines (1byte) x 2 lines (1byte)
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A N/A N /A N /A
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided
ADF    

Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker    

Numeric key pad    

FAX    

Handset  N/A  

Paper smaller than

N /A N/A N /A N /A
A4/letter size

There are two types of models with a fan and without a fan.
A "F" framed in rectangular is affixed to the rating label on the model with a fan, can be used to
distinguish between models with a fan and those without.
The image at the bottom shows the label on the models with fans.
<Except for DCP-1510 for Taiwan, MFC-1815 for Taiwan>

"F" should be framed in rectangular with fan

specification to be in printing A .
It should be printed by production dept.

<DCP-1510 for Taiwan, MFC-1815 for Taiwan>

"F" should be framed in rectangular with fan

specification to be in printing A .
It should be printed by production dept.

Confidential
 MFC-1900 MFC-1901 MFC-1905 MFC-1906
FAN With With W i th With
16 characters 16 characters 16 characters 10 characters
LCD
x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines (2byte)
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A N/A N /A N /A
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided
ADF    

Capacity
(Paper tray) 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets

Speaker    

Numeric key pad    

FAX    

Handset N /A N/A  N/A

Paper smaller than
   
A4/letter size

MFC-1908 MFC-1910W MFC-1911W MFC-1911NW

FAN With With W i th With
10 characters 16 characters 16 characters 16 characters
LCD
x 2 lines (2byte) x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines
Wired/Wireless LAN N /A Wireless Wireless Wired/Wireless
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided
ADF    

Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker    

Numeric key pad    

FAX    

Handset  N/A N /A N /A
Paper smaller than
   
A4/letter size

MFC-1912WR MFC-1915W MFC-1916NW MFC-1919NW

FAN With With W i th With

16 characters 16 characters 16 characters 10 characters
LCD
x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines x 2 lines (2byte)
Wired/Wireless LAN Wireless Wireless Wired/Wireless Wired/Wireless
Scanner One-sided One-sided One-sided One-sided
ADF    

Capacity
150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets
(Paper tray)
Speaker    

Numeric key pad    

FAX    

Handset N /A   

Paper smaller than

   
A4/letter size

Confidential
TRADEMARKS
BROTHER is either a trademark or a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, Windows Server, Outlook, Internet Explorer,
E xplorer, SkyDrive and
Windows phone are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
Apple, Macintosh, Safari, Mac OS, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch
to uch and OS X are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the United States and other countries.
coun tries.

AirPrint is a trademark of Apple Inc.

IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
Linux is the registered trademark
tra demark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Adobe, Illustrator, PostScript and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe
Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Alliance and Wi-Fi Protected Access are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
WPA, WPA2,
WPA2, Wi-Fi Protected Setup, Wi-Fi Protected Setup logo and W
Wi-Fi
i-Fi Direct are trademarks of Wi-
Fi Alliance.
Flickr is a registered trademark
tradem ark of Yahoo! Inc.
AOSS is a trademark of Buffalo Inc.

Android, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, Picasa Web Albums and Google Play are trademarks
tra demarks of
Google, Inc. Use of these trademarks are subject to Google Permissions.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its
affiliates in the United States and/or other countries.
Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
EVERNOTE is a trademark of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement
specific to its proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related
documents and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those
respective companies.
© Copyright Brother 2013
All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission in writing
from the publisher.
All other product and company names mentioned in this manual are trademarks or registered
register ed
trademarks of their respective holders.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Model DCP-15** MFC-18** DCP-16** MFC-19**

Machine life 50,000 pages (A4/Letter size) or 5 years
Pa
Part
rt li
life
fe (A
(ADF
DF)) ((on
only
ly ADF
ADF mod
model
el)) Up to 50
50,0
,000
00 pa
page
ges
s
Pa
Part
rt life
life (D
(Doc
ocume
ument
nt scan
scanne
nerr uni
unit)
t) Up to 50,00
50,000
0 pag
pages
es
Part life (Fuser unit) Up to 50,000 pages
Part life (Laser unit) Up to 50,000 pages

Maximum monthly volume Up to 9,000 pages Up to 10,000 pages

Ba
Back
ck up Cl
Cloc
ock
k ((on
only
ly MFC
MFC m
mod
odel
el)) Up to 2 hou
hours
rs

Confidential
 CONTENTS

SAFETY INFORMATION........................................................................................... vi

CHAPTER 1 TROUBLESHOOTI
TROUBLESHOOTING
NG

1. INTRODUCTION .............................................................. ............................................................ 1-1

1.1 Checks before Commencing Troubleshooting................................................
Troubleshooting.....................................................................
..................... 1-1

2. OVERVIEW ...................................................................... ............................................................ 1-3

2.1 Cross-section Drawing.........................................................................................................

Drawing.............................................................. ........................................... 1-3
2.1.1 Printer part...........
part..................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
...... 1-3
2.1.2 Scanner
Scanner part.................
part.......................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
..... 1-4
2.2 Paper Feeding
Feeding ..............
.....................
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...........
..........
...... 1-5
2.2.1 Printer part...........
part..................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
...... 1-5
2.2.2 Scanner
Scanner part.................
part.......................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
..... 1-6
2.3 Operation
Operation of Each Part .............
....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
...... 1-7
2.4 Block Diagram ...................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.................................................. 1-8
2.5 Main Components..............................................................
Components................................................................................................................
.................................................. 1-9

3. ERROR INDICATIONS............................................................................... ................................ 1-10

3.1 Error Codes .......................................................................................................................

....................................................................... ................................................ 1-10
3.2 Error Messages .................................................................................................................
.................................................................... ............................................. 1-18
3.3 Connection Error................................................................................................................
Error.......................................................... ...................................................... 1-20

4. TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................... ................................................ 1-23

4.1 Error Cause and Remedy .............

....................
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
..... 1-23
4.2 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for Paper Feeding Problems............
Problems..................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..........
... 1-45
4.2.1 No paper
paper is fed from the paper tray............
tray...................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
..........
.... 1-45
4.2.2 Paper becomes
becomes wrinkled
wrinkled .............
....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...... 1-45
4.2.3 Paper is
is curled
curled .......
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
..............
.............
...... 1-46

4.2.4 Paper is jjammed

ammed .............
....................
..............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..........
... 1-46
4.3 Image Defects..............................................................................
Defects....................................................................................................................
...................................... 1-47
4.4 Troubleshooting According to Image Defect..........................................................
Defect......................................................................
............ 1-48
4.4.1 Light..........
Light.................
.............
............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
............
.........
... 1-48
4.4.2 Faulty registratio
registration
n ............
...................
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
..... 1-48
4.4.3 Dark................
Dark......................
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...........
..... 1-49
4.4.4 Poor fixing
fixing ......
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..........
... 1-49
4.4.5 Completely
Completely blank................
blank........................
...............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
...... 1-50
4.4.6 Image distortion........
distortion...............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..........
... 1-50
4.4.7 All black...................
black.........................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
........ 1-51
4.4.8 Dirt on the
the back
back of paper
paper .............
....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
....... 1-51
4.4.9 Vertical
Vertical streaks
streaks ............
...................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 1-52

i Confidential
 4.4.10 Black vertical
vertical s
streaks
treaks on a light background
background ..............
.....................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
......... 1-52
4.4.11 Black horizontal
horizontal stripes
stripes ......
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
....... 1-53
4.4.12 White vertical
vertical st
streaks
reaks ..............
....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...........
.... 1-53
4.4.13 White horizontal
horizontal streak
streaks
s ..............
....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
....... 1-54
4.4.14 Faint print .............
....................
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 1-54
4.4.15 White spots............
spots..................
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
......... 1-55
4.4.16 Black spots
spots ..............
....................
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
............
..... 1-55

4.4.17 Black band..............

band.....................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
........ 1-56
4.4.18 Downward
Downward fogging
fogging of solid color .............
....................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
....... 1-56
4.4.19 Horizontal
Horizontal lines..............
lines.....................
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
...... 1-56
4.4.20 Ghost..............
Ghost.....................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 1-57
4.4.21 Fogging
Fogging ..............
....................
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..........
... 1-57
4.5 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for
for Software
Software Problems
Problems ..............
....................
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
........
.. 1-58
4.5.1 Cannot print data................
data.......................
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
........ 1-5
1-58
8
4.6 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for Control
Control Panel Problems.....
Problems............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
..............
..........
.. 1-59
4.6.1 Nothi
Nothing
ng is displayed
displayed on the LCD .............
....................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
....... 1-59
4.6.2 Contro
Controll panel is inoperable.....
inoperable............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
...........
..... 1-59
4.7 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for
for Toner
Toner and Drum Problems
Problems ..............
.....................
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
.........
.. 1-60
4.
4.7.
7.1
1 Repl
Replac
aceded th
the
e tton
oner
er ca
cart
rtrid
ridge
ge with
with a new
new on
one
e
but still seeing error message prompting toner cartridge replacement. .............. 1-60
4.7.2
4.7.2 Toner
Toner cartridge
cartridge cannot
cannot be detected
detected ....
.......
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
..... 1-6
1-60
0
4.7.3 Faile
Failed
d to detect toner cartridge......
cartridge............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
...........
.... 1-60
4.7.4 Drum error.......
error ..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
....... 1-61
4.7.5
4.7.5 Drum
Drum unit
unit cannot
cannot be detect
detected.
ed. ...
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.... 1-6
1-61
1
4.
4.7.
7.6
6 Re
Repl
plac
ace e drum
drum uni
unitt (rep
(repla
lace
ced
d the
the drum
drum u
uni
nitt with
with a new
new o
one
ne
but still seeing LED display
display prompting toner cartridge replacement) .................. 1-61
4.8 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for Fuser
Fuser Unit
Unit Problems............
Problems..................
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
........
.. 1-62
4.8.1 Fuser unit failure........
failure...............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..........
... 1-6
1-62
2
4.9 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for Laser Unit Problems
Problems ......
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
........ 1-62
4.9.1 Laser unit failure.............
failure...................
.............
..............
...............
..............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
...........
.... 1
1-62
-62
4.10 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for Document
Document Paper Feeding Problems..........
Problems.................
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
...... 1-63
4.10.1 No documen
documentt is fed ............
...................
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
........ 1-63
4.10.2 Multiple
Multiple documen
documents
ts are
are fed .............
....................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
........
.. 1-63
4.10.3 Document
Document becomes
becomes jammed......
jammed............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
....... 1-63
4.10.4 Document
Document becomes
becomes wrinkle
wrinkled
d ..............
.....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
...........
.... 1-64
4.10.5 Document
Document size
size is not detected
detected correctly.......
correctly..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
......... 1-64
4.11 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for Scanned
Scanned Image Defects
Defects .............
....................
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
....... 1-65
4.11.1 Defect
Defect examples...........
examples..................
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
....... 1-65
4.11.2 Troubleshoot
Troubleshooting
ing according
according to image defect .......
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.........
.. 1-65
4.12 Troubleshootin
Troubleshooting
g for FAX/Phone Problems
Problems .......
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
..... 1-69
4.12.1 Fax cannot
cannot be sent
sent .............
....................
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
......... 1-69
4.12.2 Fax cannot
cannot be
be received
received.......
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
........ 1-69
4.12.3 Ringtone
Ringtone does not sound ..............
....................
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..........
.... 1-70
4.12.4 Telephone
Telephone communicati
communication
on is unavailable
unavailable ..............
.....................
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
...........
.... 1-70
4.12.5 Communicati
Communicationon error occurs .............
....................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
...... 1-70
4.13 Troubleshooti
Troubleshooting
ng for Other Problems.....
Problems............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
...............
..............
.............
..............
.............
........
.. 1-71
4.13.1 Machine
Machine does
does not turn ON ......
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..........
... 1-71

ii Confidential
 4.13.2 Main motor failure................................................................................................
failure................ ................................................................................ 1-71
4.13.3 Unusual
Unusual noise is coming
coming from the
the machine.........
machine................
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
....... 1-71
4.13.4 Memory failure...............................................................................................
failure.............................. .......................................................................
...... 1-71
4.13.5 Print failure ............
...................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
......... 1-72
4.13.6 Fan not rotate .............
...................
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
..............
......... 1-72

CHAPTER 2 DISASSEMBLY/REASS
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
EMBLY

1. PACKING ......................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................
............................................................... 2-1

2. TIGHTENING TORQUE LISTS ...............................................................

....................................................................................................
..................................... 2-2

3. LUBRICATION ..............................................................
.............................................................................................................................
............................................................... 2-3

4. OVERVIEW OF GEARS......................................
GEARS...............................................................................................................
......................................................................... 2-3

5. HARNESS ROUTING..........................................
ROUTING...................................................................................................................
......................................................................... 2-5

6. DISASSEMBLY FLOW CHART.......................................

CHART.................................................................................................
.......................................................... 2-14

7. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE...........
PROCEDURE.........................................................................
.......................................................................................
......................... 2-15

7.1 Preparation ........................................................................................................................

.................................................................. ...................................................... 2-15
7.2 Side cover
cover R / Fan (only for models
models with fan)...........
fan)..................
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
.........
.. 2-16

7.3 ADF unit (only for models with ADF unit)...........................................................................

unit)........................................... ................................ 2-18
7.3.1 Hinge..................
Hinge........................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...... 2-19
7.3.2 Document
Document stopper
stopper .............
...................
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.........
.. 2-19
7.3.3 ADF cover
cover ........
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
........
.. 2-20
7.3.4 Handle
Handle cover ............
...................
..............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
..........
.... 2-20
7.3.5 Document
Document cover support
support .............
....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
....... 2-21
7.3.6 Document
Document cover ..............
....................
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...........
.... 2-21
7.3.7 Document
Document separate
separate roller holder ASSY .......
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
..........
.... 2-23
7.4 Document
Document scanner
scanner unit / Document
Document cover
cover (only
(only for models
models witho
without
ut ADF unit)
unit) ...
..........
..............
....... 2-24
7.4.1 CIS unit / C
CIS
IS flat cable .............
....................
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
......... 2-25
7.5 Panel unit...........................................................................................
unit................. ..........................................................................................................
................................ 2-28
7.6 Low voltage
voltage power supply
supply PCB unit ..............
.....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 2-29

7.7 High voltage power supply PCB ASSY........................

ASSY..............................................................................
...................................................... 2-31
7.8 Modem PCB
PCB ASSY (only
(only for models
models with
with modem
modem PCB) ...... .............
.............
............
.............
.............
............
.............
....... 2-32
7.9 Wireless LAN PCB (only for models with wireless LAN) ...................................................
................................................ ... 2-33
7.10 Main PCB ASSY ................................................................................................................
............................................................................................ .................... 2-34
7.11 Top cover ASSY ................................................................................................................
........................................................................................ ........................ 2-37
7.12 Side cover L..............................................................................
L............. ..........................................................................................................
......................................... 2-38
7.13 Handset holder (only for models with handset) ...........................................
.................................................................
...................... 2-39
7.14 Fuser unit...........................................................................................
unit................. ..........................................................................................................
................................ 2-40
7.15 Back cover ...................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
...................................................... 2-41
7.16 Tray cover ASSY ...............................................................................................................
................................................................................................ ............... 2-42
7.17 Front cover.........................................................................................................................
cover......................................................................... ................................................ 2-43

7.18 Laser unit ...........................................................................................................................

................................................................. .......................................................... 2-44
7.19 Motor encoder PCB ASSY.................................................................................................
ASSY................................................................ ................................. 2-46

iii Confidential
 7.20 Eject sensor
sensor PCB ASSY
ASSY.......
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
............
..... 2-47
7.21 Paper feed/paper
feed/paper printing position
position sensor PCB ASSY.......
ASSY .............
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 2-48
7.22 New toner sensor PCB ASSY...........
ASSY..................
.............
............
............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
............
...........
..... 2-49

CHAPTER 3 ADJUSTING AND

AND UPDATING SETTINGS
AS REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT

1. IF YOU REPLACE THE

THE MAIN PCB ASSY .......
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..........
.... 3-1

1.1 Setting
Setting by Country
Country (function
(function code:
code: 74)
74) .............
...................
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
......... 3-2
1.2 Installing
Installing Main Firmware...........
Firmware..................
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
...........
.... 3-2
1.2.1 Check
Checking
ing firmware
firmware version
version .............
....................
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
............
.............
.............
.............
............
..... 3-2
1.2.2 Instal
Installing
ling main firmware......
firmware.............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
..........
... 3-2
1.3 Initializing
Initializing the EEPROM
EEPROM of the Main
Main PCB ASSY
ASSY (function
(function code: 0
01)........
1)...............
.............
............
.............
....... 3-3
1.4 Installing
Installing Language
Language Firmware
Firmware (except
(except for
for Chinese
Chinese model) .............
....................
..............
.............
.............
.............
.........
... 3-3
1.5 Setting Serial Number and Entering
Entering Adjusted
Adjusted Value
Value of Laser
Laser U
Unit....
nit..........
.............
..............
.............
.............
......... 3-4
1.6 Acquiring
Acquiring White L
Level
evel Data
Data (function
(function code:
code: 55).............
55)....................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
......... 3-7
1.7 Setting Language
Language (function
(function code: 52) (only
(only for CEE model)
model) .............
....................
..............
.............
.............
..............
....... 3-7
1.8 Checking
Checking Printing
Printing and Scanning.........
Scanning................
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 3-7

2. IF YOU REPLACE THE LASER UNIT.................

UNIT.......................
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
...... 3-8

2.1 Entering
Entering Adjusted
Adjusted Value of Laser
Laser Unit...........
Unit.................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
..... 3-9

3. IF YOU REPLACE
REPLACE THE
THE DOCUMENT
DOCUMENT SCANN
SCANNER
ER UNIT OR CIS
CIS UNIT.............
UNIT....................
..............
.............
..........
.... 3-12

3.1 Checking
Checking Main
Main Firmware
Firmware Version
Version (DCP-1518
(DCP-1518 only)
only) ..............
....................
.............
..............
..............
..............
.............
..........
.... 3-12
3.2 Acquiring
Acquiring White L
Level
evel Data
Data (function
(function code:
code: 55).............
55)...................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
....... 3-12

4. IF YOU REPLACE
REPLACE THE
THE LOW VOLTAG
VOLTAGE
E POWER SUPPL
SUPPLY
Y PCB UNIT............
UNIT...................
..............
..............
......... 3-13

4.1 Resetting Irregular Power Supply Detection Counter of Low Voltage Power Supply PCB ....
.... 3-13

5. IF YOU REPLACE THE PANEL UNIT.................

UNIT........................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
..........
.... 3-14

5.1 Checking
Checking LCD Operat
Operation
ion (function
(function code:
code: 12)
12) ...............
......................
..............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
............
..... 3-14
5.2 Checking
Checking Control
Control Panel Operation
Operation (functi
(function
on code:
code: 13)
13) .............
....................
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
...... 3-14

CHAPTER 4 SERVICE FUNCTIONS

1. MAINTENA
MAINTENANCE
NCE MODE
MODE......
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
..............
.............
..........
......
.. 4-1

1.1 How to
to Enter Maintenance
Maintenance Mode .............
....................
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 4-1
1.1.1
1.1.1 Meth
Method
od of enteri
entering
ng end-us
end-user
er access
accessibl
ible
e mainten
maintenanc
ance
e mode....
mode.......
......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
..... 4-1
1.1.2
1.1.2 Meth
Method
od of enterin
entering
g mainten
maintenanc
ance
e mode
mode for
for ser
servic
vice
e per
person
sonnel
nel ......
..........
.......
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.... 4-2
1.2 List of Maintena
Maintenance
nce Mode
Mode Functions
Functions ...............
......................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
... 4-3
1.3 Details
Details of Maintenance
Maintenance Mode Function
Functions......
s.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...... 4-4
1.3.1
1.3.1 Ini
Initia
tializ
lize
e EEPROM
EEPROM parameter
parameters
s (functio
(function
n code: 01,
01, 91).........
91).............
.......
......
......
......
......
.......
.......
......
......
... 4-4
1.3.2
1.3.2 Print
Print whit
white
e level
level / black
black level
level d data
ata forfor docu
documen mentt scann
scanning ing com
compenpensatsation
ion
(function code: 05).................................................................................................
05)............................... .................................................................. 4-5
1.3.3
1.3.3 Move C
CIS
IS unit to trans
transport
portati
ation
on pos
positi
ition
on (functi
(function
on cod
code:
e: 06).....
06)........
......
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
.....
.. 4-8
1.3.4
1.3.4 ADF perf
perform
ormanc
ance
e test (functi
(function
on code:
code: 08) .......
..........
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
......
..... 4-8
1.3.5
1.3.5 Mon
Monoch
ochrom
rome
e image
image quali
quality
ty test
test patte
pattern
rn (funct
(function
ion c
code
ode:: 09) .......
..........
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
......
... 4-9

iv Confidential
 1.3.6
1.3.6 Set worker
worker switch
switches
es (WSW)
(WSW) a and
nd print
print worke
workerr swit switchch set
setting
ting dat
data a
(function code: 10, 11)......................................................................................
11)......................... ................................................................
... 4-10
1.3.7
1.3.7 Che
Check
ck LCD operati
operation
on (functio
(function
n code: 12) .......
..........
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
......
.......
.......
.......
........
.......
......
.......
...... 4-1
4-14
4
1.3.8
1.3.8 Che
Check
ck contro
controll panel
panel button
button operati
operation
on (functi
(function
on cod
code:
e: 13)........
13)...........
......
.......
.......
......
.......
.......
......
..... 4-1
4-15
5
1.3.9 Displ
Display
ay software
software version
version (function
(function code: 25).............
25)....................
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
......... 4-16
1.3.10 Check sensor
sensor operation
operation (functi
(function
on code:
code: 32)..........
32)................
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
...... 4-17
1.3.11
1.3.11 Displa
Display
y LAN connec
connectio
tion
n status
status (fun
(functi
ction
on code:
code: 33) 33)
(Network support model only) .............................................................................
....................................................................... ...... 4-18
1.3.12
1.3.12 Set PC prin
printt funct
function
ions
s (func
(functio
tion
n code:
code: 43)
(DCP-151*, MFC-181*: with fan and without fan)................................................
fan)................... ............................. 4-19
1.3.13 Change
Change USB No. return value (function
(function code:
code: 45) .............
....................
..............
..............
..............
............
..... 4-21
1.3.14 Set country
country / language
language (functi
(function
on code:
code: 52)..........
52)................
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
..............
......... 4-22
1.3.15 Transfer
Transfer receive
received
d fa
fax
x data
data / log information
information (function
(function code:
code: 53) .............
....................
............
..... 4-23
1.3.16 Fine-tune
Fine-tune scanning
scanning position
position (function
(function code: 54).............
54)....................
..............
..............
..............
..............
.........
.. 4-25
1.3.17 Acquire white level data and set
set CIS
CIS scan
scan area
area (function
(function code:
code: 55) .............
...................
...... 4-25
1.3.18 Print test (function
(function code: 67) ..............
....................
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...... 4-26
1.3.19 Print frame pattern
pattern (single-
(single-side
side printing)
printing) (funct
(function
ion code: 69) .............
....................
..............
..........
... 4-29
1.3.20 Print test pattern
pattern (function
(function code: 71) ............
...................
.............
.............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.........
.. 4-30
1.3.21 Setting
Setting by country (function
(function code:
code: 74)
74) ..............
.....................
..............
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
..........
.... 4-33
1.3.22 Print maintenance
maintenance information
information (function
(function code: 77)...................
77).........................
.............
..............
.............
........ 4-41
1.3.23 Operational
Operational check of fans
fans (function
(function code: 78)...................
78).........................
.............
..............
.............
.............
......... 4-45
1.3.24 Display
Display machine
machine log informat
information
ion (function
(function code: 80).........
80)................
..............
..............
..............
.............
...... 4-46
1.3.25 Display
Display machine
machine error code (function
(function code:
code: 82)...........
82)..................
..............
..............
..............
..............
...........
.... 4-50
1.3.26 Send communication
communication log information
information to telepho
telephone
ne line
line (functi
(function
on c
code:
ode: 87) ........
........ 4-50
1.3.27
1.3.27 Reset
Reset irreg
irregula
ularr power
power suppl
supply
y detect
detection
ion coun
counter
ter of
of
low voltage power supply PCB (function code: 88) ............................................. 4-51
1.3.28 Quit maintenance
maintenance mode (function
(function code: 99) .............
...................
.............
..............
..............
..............
..............
......... 4-51

2. OTHER SERVICE FUNCTIONS........................................................................ ......................... 4-52

2.1 Print Communica

Communication
tion Error List...........
List.................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
......... 4-52
2.2 Drum Counter
Counter Reset Functio
Functions
ns .............
....................
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..........
... 4-52
2.3 Display
Display ROM Version
Version .............
....................
.............
.............
..............
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
..............
.............
...........
..... 4-52

APPEN
APPENDIX
DIX 1 SERIAL
SERIAL NUMB
NUMBERIN
ERING
G SYSTEM
SYSTEM

APPENDIX 2 DELETING USER SETTING INFORMATION

v Confidential
 SAFETY INFORMATION

WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injuries.

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injuries.

IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous
IMPORTANT hazar dous situation which, if not avoided, may result
r esult
in damage to property or loss of product functionality.

Prohibition icons indicate actions that must not be performed.

Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.

Fire Hazard icons alert you to the possibility of fire.

Hot Surface icons warn you not to touch product parts that are hot.

Note Notes tell you how you should respond to a situation that may arise or give tips about
how the operation works with other features.

vi Confidential
 To use the Machine Safely
Please keep these instructions for later reference and read them before attempting any
maintenance. If you do not follow these safety instructions, there is a possibility of a fire,
electrical shock, burn or suffocation.

WARNING

ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
Failure to follow the warnings in this section may create the risk of an electrical shock.
In addition, you could create an electrical short, which may create the risk of a fire.

There are high voltage electrodes inside the product. Before you access the inside of
the product, including for routine maintenance such as cleaning, make sure you have
unplugged the telephone line cord first (MFC only) and then the power cord from the
AC power outlet, as well as any telephone (RJ-11) (MFC only) from the product.
Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots, since they may
ma y
touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts.

DO NOT handle the plug with wet hands.

DO NOT use this product during an electrical storm.

Always make sure the plug is fully inserted. DO NOT use the product or handle the
cord if the cord has become worn or frayed.

DO NOT allow this product to come into contact with water. This product should not
be used around standing water, including a bath tub, sink, or swimming pool; ar
around
ound
appliances containing water, including a refrigerator; or in a wet basement.

This product should be connected to an AC power source within the range indicated
on the rating label. DO NOT connect it to a DC power source or inverter. If you are not
sure what kind of power source you have, contact a qualified electrician.

vii Confidential
POWER CORD SAFETY:
• Use onl
only
y the power cord
cord supplied
supplied with this
this product.
product.
• DO NOT allow ananything
ything to rest
rest on the power cord. DO NOT
NOT place this
this product
where people can walk on the cord.
• DO NOT plac
place
e this product
product in a position where
where the cord is str
stretched
etched or stra
strain
in is
otherwise put on the cord. Doing so may cause the cord to become worn or frayed.

• Brother st
strongly
rongly recommends
recommends that
that you DO NOT advise
advise using an extension
extension cor
cord.
d.

• DO NOT put a toner car cartridge

tridge and drum
drum unit assembly
assembly into a fire.
fire. It could explo
explode,
de,
resulting in injuries.
• DO NOT use flammable substances, any type of spray, spray, or an organic solvent/liquid
containing alcohol or ammonia to clean the inside or outside of the product. Doing
so could cause a fire or electrical shock. Instead, use only a dry, lint-free cloth.

DO NOT attempt to operate this product with a paper jam or with stray pieces of paper
inside the product. Prolonged contact of the paper with the fuser unit could cause a fire.

DO NOT use a vacuum cleaner

cleane r to clean up scattered toner. Doing this might cause
the toner dust to ignite inside the vacuum cleaner, potentially starting a fire. Please
carefully clean the toner dust with a dry, lint-free soft cloth and dispose of it according
to local regulations.

HOT SURFACE
After you have just used the product, some internal parts of the product will be
extremely hot. Wait at least 15 minutes for the product to cool down before you touch
the internal parts of the product.

viii Confidential
(Models with Wireless LAN function only)
DO NOT use the product near any medical electrical equipment. The radio wave
emitted from the product may affect medical electrical equipment and cause a
malfunction, which may result in a medical accident.

(MFC only)
Use caution when modifying telephone lines. Never touch exposed telephone wiring
or terminals unless the telephone line has been unplugged at the wall socket. Never
fit telephone wiring during an electrical storm. Never fit a telephone wall socket in a
wet location. Doing this might cause an electrical shock.

When moving the product, hold it by grasping the handholds at the bottom firmly from
the front of the product.

To prevent injuries, be careful not to put your finger in the areas shown in the
illustration.

When using your telephone equipment, basic safety precautions should always be
followed to reduce the risk of fire, electrical shock and injury to people, including the
following:
1. DO NOT use this product near waterwater,, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl,
kitchen sink or washing machine, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.
2. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of
electric shock from lightning.
3. DO NOT use this product to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.
4. Use only the power cord pro
provided
vided with the product.
product.

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

ix Confidential
 (MFC only)
To reduce the risk of shock or fire, use only a No. 26 AWG or larger
telecommunication line cord.

CAUTION

Lightning and power surges can damage this product! We recommend that you use a
quality surge protection device on the AC power line, or unplug the machine during a
lightning storm.

Violently closing the top cover without mounting the toner cartridge and the drum unit
can damage this product.

 Caution for Laser Product (WARNHINWEIS für Laserdrucker)

CAUT
CAUTIO
ION:
N: In case
case of any tr
trou
oubl
ble
e wit
with
h tthe
he la
lase
serr u
uni
nit,
t, re
repl
plac
ace
e tthe
he la
lase
serr u
uni
nitt its
itsel
elf.
f. To
prevent direct exposure to the laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure
of the laser unit.
ACHTUNG: Im Falle von Störungen der Lasereinheit muß diese ersetzt werden. Das
Gehäuse der Lasereinheit darf nicht geöffnet werden, da sonst
Laserstrahlen austreten können.

<Location of the laser beam window>

x Confidential
 Additional Information
When servicing the optical system of the machine, be careful not to place a screwdriver or
other reflective object in the path of the laser beam. Be sure to take off any personal
accessories such as watches and rings before working on the machine. A reflected beam,
though invisible, can permanently damage the eyes.
Since the beam is invisible, the following caution in print is attached on the laser unit.

 Troubleshooting/Disasse
Troubleshooting/Disassembling/Assembling
mbling/Assembling Notes
• To avoid creating secondary problems by mishandling, follow the warnings and
precautions below during maintenance work.
• Be careful no
nott to lose screws,
screws, washers,
washers, or other parts
parts removed.
• Be sure to apply gr
grease
ease to appl
applicable
icable positions
positions specifie
specified
d in this manual
manual..
• When using sold
soldering
ering irons or other
other heat-generating
heat-generating tools,
tools, take care not to accide
accidentall
ntally
y
damage parts such as wires, PCBs and covers.
• Static electricity charged in your body may damage electronic
electronic parts. When transporting
PCBs, be sure to wrap them in conductive sheets.
• When repla
replacing
cing PCBs and all
all the other related
related parts,
parts, put on a grounding
grounding wrist band and
and
perform the job on a static mat. Also take care not to touch the conductor sections on the
flat cables or on the wire harness.
• After disc
disconnect
onnecting
ing flat cables,
cables, check that each cable
cable is not damaged at its end or short-
circuited.
• When conne
connecting
cting flat cables,
cables, do not insert
insert them at an angle. After
After inserti
insertion,
on, check tha
thatt the
cables are not inserted at an angle.
• When connecting or disconnecting harnesses, hold the connector body, not the cables. If
the connector is locked, release it first.
• After a repair
repair,, check not only the repaired portion but also harness treatment. Also check
that other related portions are functioning properly.
• Forcefu
Forcefully
lly closing
closing the joint cover or top cover without
without mounting the toner
toner cartridg
cartridge
e and the
drum unit can damage the machine.
• After assembly
assembly,, it is recommended to conduct a dielectric test and continuity test.
• Be sure to unplug th
the
e AC cord before rem
removing
oving any cov
covers
ers or PCBs, adj
adjusting
usting the
machine, or conducting continuity tests using a tester.
• The insu
insulation
lation sheet should
should not
not be damaged.
damaged.

xi Confidential
CHA
CHAPTE
TER
R 1 TR
TROU
OUB
BLE
LES
SHOO
OOTI
TIN
NG

1. INTRODUCTION

Troubleshooting is a collection of solution procedures that service personnel should follow if

an error or malfunction occurs in the machine. It is difficult to determine troubleshooting
procedures for all possible problems that may occur in the future. Therefore, this chapter
describes typical problems and recovery procedures for these. These will help service
personnel identify and repair other similar defective sections.
Be sure to observe the Troubleshooting/Disassembling/Assembling Notes during
maintenance work for troubleshooting.

1.1
1.1 Ch
Chec
ecks
ks be
befo
fore
re Co
Comm
mmen
enci
cing
ng T
Tro
roub
uble
lesh
shoo
ooti
ting
ng

Operating environment
(1) The machin
machine
e is placed on a flat, stable
stable surface.
surface.
(2) The machine
machine is used in
in a clean environme
environmentnt where the
the temperature
temperature is 10°C
10°C (50°F) to
32.5°C (90.5°F), and the relative humidity is maintained between 20% and 80%.
(3) The machine
machine is not exposed
exposed to
to direct sunlight
sunlight,, excessive
excessive heat, m
moistur
oisture,
e, or dust.
(4) Hold
Hold the machi
machine
ne le
level
vel w
whil
hile
e moving
moving it.
it.

Power supply
(1) Power described
described on
on the rating
rating label attached
attached on the
the machine
machine is supplied.
supplied. Powe
Powerr
fluctuation should be within ±10% of the rated voltage.
(2) The AC input power supply is within
within the
the regulated
regulated value.
value.
(3) The cables
cables and
and harnesses
harnesses are
are connected
connected correctly
correctly..
(4
(4)) Th
The
e fuse
fuses
s are
are not
not blow
blown.
n.

Paper
(1) The recom
recommend
mended
ed type
type of paper
paper is being
being used.
used.
(2
(2)) Th
The
e docu
docume
ment
nt is
is not
not damp.
damp.
(3) Short-grained
Short-grained paper or acid
acid paper
paper is
is not used.

Consumable parts
(1) The drum
drum unit (includi
(including
ng toner cartridge)
cartridge) is set correctly
correctly..

1-1 Confidential
Others
(1
(1)) Cond
Conden
ensa
sati
tion
on
When the machine is moved to a warm room from a cold location, condensation may
occur inside the machine, causing various problems as listed below.
• Conden
Condensation
sation o
on
n the surface
surface of optical
optical devices
devices such as the lens,
lens, refl
reflecting
ecting m
mirror
irror and
protection glass may cause light print image.
• If the expo
exposure
sure drum
drum is cold, the
the electrical
electrical resistanc
resistance
e of the phot
photosensi
osensitive
tive lay
layer
er is

increased, making it impossible to obtain the correct print density.

• Conden
Condensation
sation on the charge
charge unit may cause
cause corona
corona charge lleakage,
eakage, resultin
resulting
g in
image defects.
• Conden
Condensation
sation on the plate may
may cause
cause paper
paper feed
feed problems.
problems.
If condensation has formed in the machine, leave the machine for at least two hours until
it reaches room temperature.
If the drum unit is unpacked soon after it is moved to a warm room from a cold location,
condensation may occur inside the unit which may cause printing failure.
Leave the drum unit for one or two hours until it reaches room temperature, and then
unpack it.
(2
(2)) Lo
Low
w temp
temper
erat
atur
ure
e
The motor may not operate normally in a cold environment because too much load is
applied to each drive. In this case, increase the room temperature.

Cleaning
Use a soft lint-free cloth.

WARNING

DO NOT use any flammable spray or flammable solvent such as alcohol, benzine,
or thinner to clean the machine. DO NOT use these articles near the machine.

1-2 Confidential
2. OVERVIEW
2.1 Cross-section
ion Dr
Dra
awing
ing

2.
2.1.
1.1
1 Prin
Printe
terr par
artt

Eject roller Heat roller Eject actuator

Developer roller Pressure roller

Supply roller
Fuser unit

Corona wire
Laser unit

Exposure drum

Transfer roller

Tray cover
Paper printing
position actuator

Separation roller

Paper feed
actuator L/R

Plate Pick-up roller Separation pad

Fig. 1-1

1-3 Confidential

2.
2.1.
1.2
2 Scan
Scanne
nerr par
artt

Document feed roller 1 Document stopper

Document feed roller 2 ADF cover
ADF separation pad
Document separate roller

Document hold Document detection actuator

CIS unit Document pick-up roller
Document scanning
position actuator

Fig. 1-2

1-4 Confidential
2.2 Paper Feeding

2.
2.2.
2.1
1 Prin
Printe
terr par
artt

Feed path

Fig. 1-3

1-5 Confidential

2.
2.2.
2.2
2 Scan
Scanne
nerr par
artt

Feed path

Fig. 1-4

1-6 Confidential
2.3 Operatio
tion o
off E
Ea
ach P
Pa
art

Part name Operation

Pick-up roller Feeds paper from the paper tray.
Separation roller / Separates paper fed from paper tray into single sheets.
Separation pad
Paper feed actuator L/R Determines if the sheet of paper is of printable size.
(Paper feed sensor L/R) Detects paper jams in the front section of the machine.
Paper printing position Detects the front edge of paper to adjust the paper printing
actuator position.
(Paper printing position Detects paper jams in the center section of the machine.
sensor) Detects the front and rear edges of paper to determine the
paper size.
Heat roller Fuses the toner transferred to paper by heat and pressure, and
Pressure roller feeds paper to the eject roller.
Eject actuator Determines whether paper is ejected from the fuser unit.
(Eject sensor) Detects paper jams in the rear section of the machine.
Eject roller Feeds the paper ejected from the fuser unit to the output tray.
Docu
Docume
ment
nt pi
pick
ck-u
-up
p rol
rolle
lerr Fe
Feed
eds
s doc
docum
umen
entt ffro
rom
m the
the docu
docume
ment
nt tr
tray
ay..
Document separate roller / Separates the document fed from the document tray into single
ADF separation pad sheets.
Docume
Document
nt detecti
detection
on sen
sensor
sor Detect
Detects
s whether
whether a docum
document
ent is s
set
et in the A
ADF
DF..
Document scanning position Detects the document scanning start position.
sensor Detects a document jam in the ADF
ADF..
Document feed ro
rolller Fe
Feed
eds
s the docum
ocume
ent to the ADF scanner ppa
art.
Feeds the document to the output tray.

1-7 Confidential
2.4 Block Diagram

Low voltage power supply PCB

AC-DC converter

Relay TRIAC

Eject sensor PCB AC AC Laser unit

Eject sensor Thermistor
(Center)
Polygon
motor PCB
LD CTRL
Paper feed/paper printing Thermistor PCB
position sensor PCB Halogen Thermostat
(Side)
heater
Paper feed Paper printing
sensor position sensor Heater unit

Internal
Speaker Wireless
temperature Fan
LAN PCB
thermistor

Main PCB

ASIC
EEPROM

Serial
ROM

New Encoder PCB Modem PCB Hook

High toner PCB Panel Document Document Document
Encoder
voltage sensor PCB detection scanning CIS unit scanner
power PCB sensor position motor
supply PCB sensor
PCB LCD PCB
Main motor unit
Solenoid t
e
s
d
e ti n
in x a
L E H
Control panel ADF unit Document scanner unit

Fig. 1-5

1-8 Confidential
2.5 Main C
Co
omponents

Hinges ADF unit

Document cover

Panel unit

Dress cover R
Top cover ASSY
Side cover R ASSY
Document (Models with fan)
scanner unit

Fan

Paper stopper
Speaker
Modem
PCB ASSY
Side cover R
Speaker (Models
Back cover
hold spring without fan)
Wireless Paper stopper 2 High voltage power
LAN PCB supply PCB ASSY
Main PCB
Top cover lock ASSY
Paper feed/paper
printing position
sensor PCB ASSY Low voltage
shield plate
Low voltage PCB
Insulation roof insulation sheet

Pull-arm

Low voltage power

Drive sub ASSY supply PCB unit
Laser unit

Fuser unit Eject sensor

PCB ASSY Pick-up roller
Dress cover L holder ASSY
Hook actuator Motor drive belt Laser unit
cover
New toner sensor Pick-up roller
PCB ASSY holder shaft
Paper rear
Motor encoder guide 2
Hook PCB PCB ASSY
ASSY Toner Front cover
cartridge

Side cover L
Upper handset holder Paper rear guide 1 Tray cover
Lower
handset holder Drum unit ASSY
Fig. 1-6

1-9 Confidential
3. ERROR IN
INDICATIONS

3.1 Error Codes

Errors in the shaded columns do not usually occur during normal use. The possible causes
are noise around the installation site, fluctuation of the power supply voltage, and failures in
the software.
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:
Cannot detect the synchronized
0100 - 0401 signal of the polygon motor for 1-23
the laser unit.
The speed of the main motor
0201 does not stabilize within the 1-23 0402 -
specified time.
0202 - 0405 -
The center thermistor of the
fuser unit has not reached the
0203 - 0501 1-24
specified temperature within the
specified time.
The center thermistor has not
reached the specified
0204 - 0502 temperature within the specified 1-24
time after the fuser unit has
reached to a certain temperature.
The center thermistor of the
fuser unit detected a
0205 - 0503 1-24
temperature higher than the
specified value.
After the heat unit was heated
normally, the center thermistor of
0206 - 0504 the fuser unit detected a 1-24
temperature lower than the
specified value.
The center thermistor of the fuser
unit detected a temperature rise
0207 - 0505 1-24
greater than the specified value
within the specified time.
The center thermistor of the fuser
unit detected a temperature fall
0208 0506 greater than the specified value 1-24
within the specified time.
- The side thermistor of the fuser
unit did not reach to the specified
0209 - 0508 1-25
temperature when the heater
was ON.
Cannot detect the lock signal of The hardware detected that the
0300 the polygon motor for the laser 1-23 050A center thermistor of the fuser unit 1-25
unit (second time). indicated a temperature error.
When the temperature of the
center thermistor of the fuser unit
is lower than the idle temperature,
0305 - 050B 1-25
the side thermistor of the fuser
unit detected a temperature
higher than the specified value.

1-10 Confidential
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:
When the temperature of the
center thermistor of the fuser unit
is higher than the idle temperature,
050C 1-25 2002 -
the side thermistor of the fuser unit
detected a temperature lower than
the specified value.
050D - 2003 -
Detected an unknown error in
050F 1-25 2004
the fuser unit. -
0600 - 2005 -
0700 - 2006 -
0800 - 2101 -
Detected irregular power supply
0900 1-26 2102 -
more than 100 times.
0A01 - 2103 -
0A02 The fan failure was detected. 1-26 2104 -
An error occurred in the high
0B01 voltage power supply PCB 1-26 2105 -
ASSY while operating.
An error occurred in the high
voltage power supply PCB
0B02 ASSY when the machine is in 1-26 2201
-
the ready state.
0C00 - 2202 -
0D01 - 2203 -
0D02 - 2204 -
0D03 - 2205 -
0D04 - 2206 -
0E00 - 2207 -
1001 - 2301 -
1002 - 2302 -
1003 - 2401 -
1004 - 2402 -
1100 2403
1200 2404
1300
-
- 2405
-
-
1400 - 2408 -
1500 - 2409 -
1C00 - 2501 -
1D01 - 2502 -
1D02 - 2503 -
1D03 - 2504 -
1D04 - 2601 -
1E01 - 2602 -
1E02 - 2603 -
2001 2604
- -
1-11 Confidential
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:

2605 - 2F07 -
2701 - 2F08 -
2702 - 2F0A -
2703 - 3001 -
2801 - 3002 -
2802 3003
2803 - 3102 -
2804 - 3202 -
2805 - 3301 -
2806 - 3302 -
2901 - 3401 -
2902 - 3402 -
2903 - 3501 -
2904 - 3601 -
2905 - 3701 -
2906 - 3702 -
2A01 - 3703 -
2A02 3801
2A03
-
- 3802
-
-
2B01 - 3A00 -
The number of rotations of the drum
2B02 - 4000 1-27
unit is reaching the upper limit.
2C01 - 4001 -
2C02 - 4002 -
2D01 - 4003 -
2E01 - 4004 -
The number of rotations of the drum
2E02 - 4200 1-27
unit has reached the upper limit.
2E03 - 4201 -
2E04 4202
2E05 4203
2E06
-
- 4204
-
-
2E07 - 4208 -
2E08 - 4300 -
2E0A - 4400 -
2F01 - 4408 -
2F02 - 4500 -
2F03 - 4600 -
2F04 - 4700 -
2F05 - 4800 -
2F06 - 4900 -

1-12 Confidential
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:

4A00 - 5602 -
Dot counter or developer roller
counter of the toner is reaching
4B01 1-27 5702 -
the upper limit (when setting
toner stop mode).
4B02 - 5801 -
4B03 5802
4B04 - 5902 -
Dot counter or developer roller
counter of the toner has reached
4C01 1-27 5A02 -
the upper limit (when setting
toner stop mode).
4C02 - 5B02 -
4C03 - 5C02 -
The eject sensor detected that
4C04 - 6001 1-29
the top cover was open.
4C05 - 6002 -
Dot counter or developer roller
counter of the toner is reaching
4D01 1-28 6003 -
the upper limit (when setting

continue mode).
Dot counter or developer roller
counter of the toner has reached
4E01 1-28 6004 -
the upper limit (when setting
continue mode).
New toner sensor in the toner
Detected that the top cover was
4F01 cartridge could not detect the 1-28 6007 1-29
open by BD error.
new toner cartridge correctly.
The new toner sensor detected
4F02 - 6101 that the toner cartridge was not 1-29
set.
4F03 - 6102 -
4F04 - 6103 -
5001 - 6104 -
Detected that the drum unit was
5002 - 6200 1-30
not set by GRID current error.
5003 6201
5004 - 6202 -
5005 - 6203 -
5100 - 6204 -
5200 - 6208 -
5301 - 6209 -
5302 - 620A -
5401 - 6300 -
5402 - 6400 -
5406 - 6602 -
5502 - 6701 -

1-13 Confidential
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:
The internal temperature
thermistor detected a
6801 1-31 7102 -
temperature higher than the
specified value.
6802 - 7103 -
An error
error occurred
occurred in the
the fuser
fuser unit
unit

6901 when
ON orthe power
sleep switch
mode waswas turned 1-31
ended. 7104
-
Rechecking the error after the
power switch was turned OFF and
then ON again because an error
was detected in the fuser unit.
6902 1-31 7105 -
(This message is displayed for
approximately 15 minutes when
the machine is restarted after
error code 6901 has occurred.)
Detected discharge that may be
6A00 attributable to dirty corona wire 1-32 7106 -
on the drum unit.
6B01 - 7200 -
The paper feed sensor does not
detect paper pass even after the
6B02 - 7300 1-35
paper has been fed for the
specified time.
6B03 - 7301 -
6B04 - 7400 -
6B0A - 7401 -
6C01 - 7501 -
6C02 - 7502 -
6C03 - 7601 -
6C04 - 7602 -
6D00 - 7700 -
6E00 - 7701 -
Detected irregular power supply
6F00 1-32 7702 -
less than 100 times.

The
papereject
passsensor
after does not detect
the paper
7000 1-33 7703
printing position sensor detected -
the paper pass.
7001 - 7704 -
7002 - 7705 -
7003 - 7801 -
7004 - 7802 -
The eject sensor remains ON
(paper pass detected) even after
7100 1-34 7900 -
the paper printing position sensor
detected the end of paper pass.
7101 - 7C00 -

1-14 Confidential
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:
When the power switch was
turned ON, the eject sensor
7D00 detected paper pass. (Cannot 1-36 8D02 -
determine whether the top cover is
open or whether it is a paper jam.)
Detected that multiple paper is fed Upon fax reception, the paper
7E00 five times in a row during receiving 1-36 8E01 size setting is the one other than 1-37
fax or printing list/report.
l ist/report. A4, Letter.
Detected that the size of paper
set in the paper tray was over
8000 - 8E02 10 mm shorter than letter size 1-37
during receiving fax or printing
list/report.
8401 - 8E03 -
8402 - 8F01 -
8501 - 8F02 -
8502 - 8F03 -
8503 - 9001 -
When printing from the paper
tray, the size of paper set in the
8504 - 9002 1-37
paper tray does not match the

size specified by the driver.

8505 9003
8506 - 9004 -
8507 - 9005 -
8508 - 9102 -
8601 - 9103 -
8602 - 9104 -
8603 - 9105 -
8604 - 9200 -
8701 - 9301 -
When printing from the paper
tray, the paper feed sensor
8702 - 9302 1-38
detected that there was no paper
set in the paper tray.
8703 9303
8801
-
- 9304
-
-
8802 - 9305 -
8901 - 9306 -
Detected that paper has run out
8902 - 9307 during receiving fax or printing 1-38
list/report.
8903 - 9401 -
8904 - 9402 -
8A01 - 9403 -
8A02 - 9404 -
8C00 - 9501 -
8D01 9502
- -
1-15 Confidential
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:

9503 - 9C06 -
9504 - 9C07 -
9505 - A000 -
The document scanning position
The paper feed sensor detected
sensor detected that the
9601 that the paper width was 1-39 A200 1-39
document length was 90 cm or
narrower than A4 size. more while scanning a document.
The document scanning position
The paper feed sensor detected sensor has not detected the
9608 that the paper length was shorter 1-39 A300 document passing even after the 1-40
than the specified size. document has been fed for the
specified distance.
9701 - A400 -
When scanning the fax, white or
9702 - A500 black correction data for the CIS 1-40
was not within the correct range.
Although
Althou gh operation
operation was retried due
to error A500 that occurred while
9703 - A600 scanning the fax, white or black 1-40
correction data for the CIS was not
within the correct range.
Color parameter in the ROM
9704 A700 does not match the CIS. 1-40
An error was detected in the color
9705 - A800 parameter in the ROM during 1-41
scanned image processing.
9801 - A900 -
9802 - AA00 -
9803 - AB00 -
9804 - AC00 -
Image processing cannot be
completed correctly because the
9901 - AD00 number of pixels required for 1-41
image processing is insufficient
in the scanned data.
Home position is still being detected
9902 - AF00 1-41
even after the CIS was moved.
Detected that CIS flat cable is
9903 B000 1-42
not connected.
9A01
-
- B300 -
9A02 - B400 -
9A03 - B700 -
9A04 - B800 -
The white level does not increase
9C01 - B900 during scanning although the 1-42
light intensity was increased.
CIS received an external light
9C02 - BA00 from somewhere other than the 1-42
CIS during scanning.
A white level not within the
9C03 - BB00 standard was scanned when 1-42

function code 55 was executed.

1-16 Confidential
Error Refer Error Refer
codes Problem to: codes Problem to:

BC00 - E900 -
A black level not within the
BD00 standard was scanned when 1-43 EC00 -
function code 55 was executed.
The country code was not
BE00 - F900 1-44
entered correctly.

BF00 FA01
C001 FA02
C002
-
- FA03
-
-
C003 - FB01 -
C004 - FB02 -
There is insufficient memory to
C700 1-43 FB03 -
expand PC print data.
C800 - FB04 -
C900 - FB05 -
CA00 - FB06 -
An error occurred while
D100 1-43 FB07 -
initializing the modem.
Detected that the modem PCB is
D200 1-43 FB08 -
not connected.
D800 FB09
D900 - FB0A -
DA00 - FB0B -
DB00 - FB0C -
An error occurred in the ROM
E000 1-44 FB0D -
check sum.
E100 Program error 1-44 FB0E -
E400 - FB0F -
An error occurred during access
E500 to the DRAM in the main PCB 1-44 FC01 -
ASSY.
Write error in the EEPROM of
E600 1-44 FC02 -
the main PCB ASSY.

E700 FC03
E701 FC04
E702
-
- FC05
-
-

1-17 Confidential
3.2 Error Messages

Refer
First line Second line Description
to:
The new toner sensor could not
Put the Toner Cartridge
Cartridge Error detect the new toner cartridge 4F01
back in
correctly.
Cooling down the machine to
Cooling Do
Down Wait ffo
or a while protect the inside of the machine. 6801

The top cover sensor detected that

Cove
over iis
s Op
Open Close th
the T
To
op Co
Cover. 6001
the top cover was open.
Clear the scanner jam, The document is too long or cannot A200
Document Jam
then press the Stop Key. be fed. A300
Open the Scanner Cover Detected discharge that may be
and Top Cover and slide
Drum ! attributable to dirty corona wire on 6A00
the green tab across the
Drum Unit several times. the drum unit.

The number of pages printed with the

Drum End Soon - 4000
drum unit is reaching the life limit.

Open the Scanner Cover and The eject sensor does not detect
Top Cover, pull out the Drum paper pass after the paper printing
Jam Inside 1 7000
Unit and
paper, remove
then pressthe jammed position sensor detected the paper
Start. pass.
The eject sensor remains ON
Open the Scanner Cover
(paper pass detected) even after
Jam Inside 2 and remove the jammed 7100
the paper printing position sensor
paper, then press Start.
detected the end of paper pass.
When the power switch was turned
ON, the eject sensor detected
Remove the jammed
Jam Inside 3 paper pass. (Cannot determine 7D00
paper, then press Start.
whether the top cover is open or
whether it is a paper jam.)
The paper feed sensor does not
Remove the jammed paper detect paper pass even after the
Jam Tray 7300
from Tray then press Start. paper has been fed for the specified

time.
A machine error occurred.
Machine Error** - -
Refer to error codes for “**”.
Open the Scanner Cover
Detected that the drum unit was not
No Drum and Top Cover, then install 6200
set by GRID current error.
the Drum Unit.
When printing from the paper tray,
Load paper, then press the paper feed sensor detected that
No Paper 9302
Start. there was no paper set in the paper
tray.
The new toner sensor terminal
Open the Scanner Cover
detected that the toner cartridge
No Toner and Top Cover, then install 6101
was not set by the terminal
the Toner Cartridge.
conduction failure.

Out of Memory Pr
Pre
ess St
Sto
op Key There is insufficient memory to C700
expand PC print data.

1-18 Confidential
 Refer
First line Second line Description
to:
Turn the power off and A printing error occurred.
Print Unable** -
then back on again. Refer to error codes for “**”.
The number of rotations of the drum
Replace Drum - 4200
unit has reached the life limit.
Dot counter or developer roller
Open the Scanner Cover
and Top Cover, replace counter of the toner has reached 4C01
the upper limit (when setting toner
Toner Cartridge.
stop mode).
Replace Toner
Received faxes are also Dot counter or developer roller
stored in memory until the counter of the toner is reaching the
4D01
toner cartridge is replaced upper limit (when setting continue
or the memory is full. mode).
A scanning error occurred.
Scan Unable** - -
Refer to error codes for “**”.
B900
An error occurred in the scanner BA00
Scanner Error - unit. BB00
BD00

Turn the power off, then on An error occurred in the fuser unit
again. Leave the machine when the power switch was turned 6901
for 15 min. ON or sleep mode was ended.
Rechecking the error after the
power switch was turned OFF and
Self-Diagnostic then ON again because an error
Will Automatically Restart was detected in the fuser unit. (This
6902
within 15 minutes. message is displayed for
approximately 15 minutes when the
machine is restarted after error
code 6901 has occurred.)
Fax received. Set correct Paper size is not set as A4/Letter
8E01
paper size in menu. when receiving fax.
Size Mismatch The size of paper set in the paper
Reload correct paper, then 8E02
tray does not match the size
press Start. specified by the driver. 9002
Dot counter or developer roller
Open the Scanner Cover
counter of the toner has reached
Toner Ended and Top Cover, replace 4E01
the upper limit (when setting
Toner Cartridge.
continue mode).
Prepare New Toner Developer roller counter of the
Toner Low 4B01
Cartridge. toner is reaching the upper limit.

Reload with A4, Letter, The paper feed sensor detected

Wrong Paper 9601
Legal or Folio paper, and that the paper was shorter than the
Type 9608
press Start. specified size.

1-19 Confidential
3.3 Connection Error
Refer
Code 1 Code 2 Cause
to.
10 07 No document set when calling. 4.12.1
10 08 Wrong fax number called. 4.12.1
11 01 No dial tone detected before dialing. 4.12.1
11 02 Busy tone detected before dialing. 4.12.1
11 03 No 2nd dial tone detected. 4.12.1
11 05 No loop current detected. 4.12.1
11 06 Busy tone detected after dialing or called. 4.12.1
11 07 No response from the remote station in sending. 4.12.1
11 08 Remote terminal does not respond on sending. 4.12.1
11 10 No tone detected after dialing. 4.12.1
No acknowledgement signal returned after Fax2 net
11 11 4.12.1
command was sent.
13 12 Error signal received after Fax2 net command was sent. 4.12.1
16 09 No Cipher registration. 4.12.1
Outgoing call with a number unable to be used in NGN line.
17 01 4.12.2
(Equal to or more than 33 digits, or nonnumeric characters)

17 07 No response from the remote station in receiving. 4.12.2

Lack of access right detected in NGN line.
1C 01 4.12.5
(T38: 403 Forbidden)
File or folder (directory) not found in NGN line.
1C 02 4.12.5
(T38: 404 Not Found)
Context-sensitive acceptance impossible in NGN line.
1C 03 4.12.5
(T38: 488 Not Acceptable Here)
SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) connection not allowed (T38)
1C 04 Outgoing call with OFF selected in USW NGN fax setting or 4.12.5
before acquisition of SIP information.
1C 05 Net internal error detected. (T38) 4.12.5
1C 06 SIP server timeout. (T38) 4.12.5
Error other than 1C01, 1C02, 1C03, 1C04, 1C06, 1D01,
1C 08 4.12.5
1D02, and 1D04 detected.
1D 01 State of being busy detected in NGN line. (T38: 486 Busy) 4.12.5

1D 02 State
(T38: of
480being temporarily
Temporarily unavailable detected in NGN line.
Unavailable) 4.12.5
Network cable not connected (upon detecting link down) or
1D 04 4.12.5
state of not being connected to the network. (T38)
20 01 Unable to detect flag field. 4.12.1
20 02 Carrier was OFF for 200 ms or longer. 4.12.1
20 03 Abort detected (“1” in succession for seven bits or more). 4.12.1
20 04 Overrun detected. 4.12.1
20 05 A frame received for three seconds or more. 4.12.1
20 06 CRC error in answer back. 4.12.1
20 07 Echo command received. 4.12.1
20 08 Invalid command received. 4.12.1
Command ignored once for document setting or for
20 09 4.12.1
damping-out at turn-around transmission.
20 0A T5 time-out error 4.12.1

1-20 Confidential
 Refer
Code 1 Code 2 Cause
to.
20 0B CRP received. 4.12.1
20 0C EOR or NULL received. 4.12.1
Corresponding command not received although the FIF
20 0D 4.12.1
command sending bit is ON.
20 0E EOR command received. 4.12.1
After the last page was received, connection was broken
without receiving DCN. (After EOP reception and CFR
20 13 4.12.5
transmission, BYE notification was received before DCN
reception.) (T38)
Remote terminal only with V.29 capability in 2,400 or 4,800
32 01 4.12.5
bps transmission.
32 02 Remote terminal not ready for polling. 4.12.5
Remote terminal not equipped with password function or its
32 10 4.12.5
password switch is OFF.
Remote terminal not equipped with or not ready for
32 11 4.12.5
confidential mailbox function.
Remote terminal not equipped with or not ready for relay
32 12 4.12.5
broad-casting function.
32 13 No confidential mail in the remote terminal. 4.12.5
Available memory space of the remote terminal is less than
32 14 that required for reception of confidential mail or relay 4.12.5
broad-casting instruction.
32 15 Remote terminal not equipped with Cipher receiving function. 4.12.5
32 16 Remote terminal not equipped with SEP function. 4.12.5
32 17 Remote terminal not equipped with SUB function. 4.12.5
32 18 Remote terminal not equipped with color function. 4.12.5
40 02 Illegal coding system requested. 4.12.5
40 03 Illegal recording width requested. 4.12.5
40 05 ECM requested although not allowed. 4.12.5
40 06 Polled while not ready. 4.12.5
40 07 No document to be sent when polled. 4.12.5
40 10 Nation code or manufacturer code not correct. 4.12.5
Group number not registered for relay broad-casting was
40 11 specified or the number of addressees specified exceeded 4.12.5
the maximum allowable number.
40 12 Retrieval attempted while not ready for retrieval. 4.12.5
Polled by any other manufacturers' terminal while waiting
40 13 4.12.5
for secure polling.
40 14 Common key not registered although it needs to be used. 4.12.5
Black/Red data reception is requested when Black/Red
40 15 4.12.2
receiving function is disabled.
Cipher transmission is requested when Cipher receiving
40 16 4.12.2
function is disabled.
40 17 Invalid resolution selected. 4.12.5
40 20 Invalid full color mode selected. 4.12.5
Vertical resolution capability changed after compensation of
50 01 4.12.5
background color.
63 01 Password plus “lower 4 digits of telephone
tel ephone number” not coincident. 4.12.1
63 02 Password not correct. 4.12.1
63 03 Polling ID not correct. 4.12.1

1-21 Confidential
 Refer
Code 1 Code 2 Cause
to.
63 04 Provided confidential ID and mailbox ID are different. 4.12.1
63 05 Relay broadcasting ID inconsistency 4.12.1
63 06 Provided retrieval ID and mailbox retrieval ID are different. 4.12.1
63 07 Select reception ID inconsistency 4.12.2
63 08 Cipher Key inconsistency 4.12.2
74 XX DCN received. 4.12.2
80 01 Fallback impossible. 4.12.5
Unable to detect video signals or commands within six
90 01 4.12.5
seconds after CFR is transmitted.
90 02 Received PPS containing invalid page count or block count. 4.12.5
Error correction sequence not terminated even at final
A0 03 4.12.1
transmission speed after fallback.
A0 11 Receive buffer empty (five-second time-out) 4.12.1
A0 12 Receive buffer full during operation except receiving into memory. 4.12.2
A0 13 Decoding error continued on 500 lines or more. 4.12.1
A0 14 Decoding error continued for 15 seconds or more. 4.12.1
A0 15 Time-out: 13 seconds or more for one-line transmission. 4.12.1
A0 16 RTC not found or carrier OFF detected for six seconds. 4.12.1
A0 17 RTC found but no command detected for 60
6 0 seconds or more. 4.12.1
A0 19 No image data to be sent. 4.12.1
A0 20 Cannot continue receiving color fax (remaining ink low). 4.12.1
A8 01 RTN, PIN, or ERR received (sending terminal). 4.12.1
A9 01 RTN, PIN, or ERR received (receiving terminal). 4.12.2
AA 18 Receive buffer full during receiving data into memory. 4.12.2
B0 01 Polarity reversion detected. 4.12.1
B0 02 Unable to receive the next-page data. 4.12.2
Unable to receive polling even during turn-around
B0 03 4.12.2
transmission due to call reservation.
B0 04 PC interface error. 4.12.1
C0 01 No common modulation mode or failed to poll. 4.12.5
C0 02 Unable to detect JM. 4.12.5
C0 03 Unable to detect CM. 4.12.5
C0 04 Unable to detect CJ. 4.12.5
C0 10 Cannot finish V. 34 negotiation or training. 4.12.5
C0 11 Modem error detected during V. 34 negotiation or training. 4.12.5
C0 20 Modem error detected during sending of commands. 4.12.5
C0 21 Modem error detected during receiving of commands. 4.12.5
C0 22 Control channel connection time-out. 4.12.5
C0 30 Modem error detected during sending of video signals. 4.12.5
C0 31 Modem error d
de
etected during receiving of video signals. 4.12.5
E0 01 Failed to detect 1,300 Hz signal in burn-in operation. 4.12.5
E0 02 Failed to detect PB signals in burn-in operation. 4.12.5
Unable to detect commands in burn-in operation when
E0 03 4.12.5
RS232C is used.

1-22 Confidential
4. TROUBLESHOOTING

4.1 Error Cause a

an
nd R
Re
emedy

Error code 0201

Print Unable 02
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The speed of the main motor does not stabilize within the specified time.

Step Cause Remedy

Connection failure of the main Reconnect the main motor harness.
1
motor harness
Connection failure of the motor Reconnect the motor encoder PCB flat cable.
2
encoder PCB flat cable
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
3
failure unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 0300

Print Unable 03
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Cannot detect the lock signal of the polygon motor for the laser unit (second time).

Step Cause Remedy

Connection failure of the laser Reconnect the laser unit flat cable.
1
unit flat cable
2 La
Lase
serr un
unit
it fl
flat
at ca
cabl
ble
e fa
fail
ilur
ure
e Re
Repl
plac
ace
e the
the la
lase
serr un
unit
it flat
flat cabl
cable.
e.

3 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.

Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
4
failure unit.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 0401

Print Unable 04
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Cannot detect the synchronized signal of the polygon motor for the laser unit.

Step Cause Remedy

Connection failure of the Reconnect the polygon motor harness.
1
polygon motor harness
2 Polygon motor failure Replace the laser unit.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
3
failure unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

1-23 Confidential
Error code 0501
Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The center thermistor of the fuser unit has not reached the specified temperature within the
specified time.
Error code 0502

Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The center thermistor has not reached the specified temperature within the specified time
after the fuser unit has reached to a certain temperature.
Error code 0503
Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The center thermistor of the fuser unit detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
Error code 0504
Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

After the heat unit was heated normally, the center thermistor of the fuser unit detected a
temperature lower than the specified value.
Error code 0505
Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The center thermistor of the fuser unit detected a temperature rise greater than the specified
value within the specified time.
Error code 0506
Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The center thermistor of the fuser unit detected a temperature fall greater than the specified
value within the specified time.
<User Check>
• Turn OFF the powpower
er switch. After
After several
several seconds, turn
turn ON the power again and check
check
that this error has reset.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the center Reconnect the center thermistor harness of the
1 thermistor harness of the fuser fuser unit.
unit
Connection failure of the heater Reconnect the heater harness of the fuser unit.
2
harness of the fuser unit
Connection failure of the low Reconnect the low voltage PCB harness.
3
voltage PCB harness
4 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.

5 Low voltage power supply PCB failure Replace the low voltage power supply PCB unit.
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Confidential
 1 24

Error code 0508

Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The side thermistor of the fuser unit did not reach to the specified temperature when the
heater was ON.
Error code 050A

Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The hardware detected that the center thermistor of the fuser unit indicated a temperature
error.
Error code 050B
Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

When the temperature of the center thermistor of the fuser unit is lower than the idle
temperature, the side thermistor of the fuser unit detected a temperature higher than the
specified value.
Error code 050C

Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

When the temperature of the center thermistor of the fuser unit is higher than the idle
temperature, the side thermistor of the fuser unit detected a temperature lower than the
specified value.
Error code 050F
Print Unable 05
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Detected an unknown error in the fuser unit.

<User Check>
• Turn OFF the powpower
er switch. After
After several
several seconds, turn
turn ON the power again and check
check
that this error has reset.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the center Reconnect the center thermistor harness of the
1 thermistor harness of the fuser fuser unit.
unit
Connection failure of the side Reconnect the side thermistor harness of the
2
thermistor harness fuser unit.
Connection failure of the heater Reconnect the heater harness of the fuser unit.
3
harness of the fuser unit
Connection failure of the low Reconnect the low voltage PCB harness.
4
voltage PCB harness
5 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
6
failure unit.
7 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Confidential
 1 25

Error code 0900

Print Unable 09
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Detected irregular power supply more than 100 times.

<User Check>
• Turn OFF the powpower
er switch. After
After several
several seconds, turn
turn ON the power again and check
check
that this error has reset.
Step Cause Remedy
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
failure unit. Reset the irregular power supply
1 detection counter after replacement. (Refer to
“4.1 Resetting Irregular Power Supply
Detection Counter” in Chapter 3.3 .)
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Note:
• The irregul
irregular
ar power supply detection
detection err
error
or (error code: 0900)
0900) occurs when there is a
large distortion in the power supply voltage supplied to the machine. In this case, if the
same power supply is used, the same error may occur even when the low voltage
power supply PCB unit is replaced. Ask the user to review the installation environment.

Error code 0A02

Print Unable 0A
Turn the power off and then back on again.

The fan failure was detected.

Step Cause Remedy
Harness connection failure of Check the harness connection of the fan and
1
the fan reconnect it.
2 Fan failure Replace the fan.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 0B01

Print Unable 0B
Turn the power off and then back on again.

An error occurred in the high voltage power supply PCB ASSY

ASS Y while operating.
Error code 0B02
Print Unable 0B
Turn the power off and then back on again.

An error occurred in the high voltage power supply PCB ASSY when the machine is in the
ready state.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the high Reconnect the high voltage PCB harness.
1
voltage PCB harness

2 High
failurevoltage power supply PCB Replace
ASSY. the high voltage power supply PCB
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1 26 Confidential

Error code 4000

Drum End Soon

The number of rotations of the drum unit is reaching the upper limit.
Error code 4200
Replace Drum

The number of rotations of the drum unit has reached the life limit. (Printing does not stop.)

<User Check>
• Prep
Prepare
are a new drum
drum uni
unit.
t.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 4B01

Toner Low
Prepare New Toner Cartridge.

Dot counter or developer roller counter of the toner is reaching the upper limit (when setting
toner stop mode).

<User Check>
• Prep
Prepare
are a new tone
tonerr cartrid
cartridge.
ge.
• If the error displa
display
y is not cleared after
after the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge has been replaced
replaced with a new
one, follow the procedures below.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the new Reconnect the new toner sensor PCB harness.
1
toner sensor PCB harness
Connection failure of the motor Reconnect the motor encoder PCB flat cable.
2
encoder PCB flat cable
3 New to
tone
nerr s
sen
enso
sorr PCB
PCB ffai
ailu
lure
re Repl
Replac
ace
e the
the new
new tone
tonerr se
sens
nsor
or PCB
PCB AS
ASSY
SY..
4 Motor encoder PCB ffa
ailure Replace the motor encoder PCB AS
ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 4C01

Replace Toner
Open the Scanner Cover and Top Cover, replace Toner Cartridge.

Dot counter or developer roller counter of the toner has reached the upper limit (when setting
toner stop mode).

<User Check>
• Replac
Replace
e the toner
toner cartridge
cartridge with
with a new one.
one.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-27 Confidential

Error code 4D01

Replace Toner
Received faxes are also stored in memory until the toner cartridge is replaced
or the memory is full.

Dot counter or developer roller counter of the toner is reaching the upper limit (when setting
continue mode).

<User Check>
• Prep
Prepare
are a new tone
tonerr cartrid
cartridge.
ge.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 4E01

Toner Ended
Open the Scanner Cover and Top Cover, replace Toner Cartridge.

Dot counter or developer roller counter of the toner has reached the upper limit (when setting
continue mode).

<User Check>
• Replac
Replace
e the toner
toner cartridge
cartridge with
with a new one.
one.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 4F01

Cartridge Error
Put the Toner Cartridge back in

New toner sensor in the toner cartridge could not detect the new toner cartridge correctly.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-28 Confidential

Error code 6001

Cover is Open
Close the Top Cover.

The eject sensor detected that the top cover was open.
<User Check>

• Clo
Close
se the
the top
top cove
coverr.

Step Cause Remedy

Eject actuator caught in Reattach the eject actuator.
1
sections of the machine
The rib inside the top cover Replace the top cover ASSY.
2 (which presses the eject
actuator) is broken
3 Eject sensor failure Replace the eject sensor PCB ASSY.
Paper feed/paper printing Replace the paper feed/paper printing position
4
position sensor PCB failure sensor PCB ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 6007

Cover is Open BD

Detected that the top cover was open by BD (beam detect sensor) in the laser unit.
<User Check>

• Clo
Close
se the
the top
top cove
coverr.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the laser Reconnect the laser unit flat cable.
1
unit flat cable
The rib inside the top cover Replace the top cover ASSY.
2 (which presses the laser shutter
arm boss) is broken
Faulty laser shutter arm of the Replace the laser unit.
3
laser unit
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 6101

No Toner
Open the Scanner Cover and Top Cover, then install the Toner Cartridge.

The new toner sensor detected that the toner cartridge was not set.
<User Check>

• Set the toner cartridge

cartridge correctly
correctly..
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the motor Reconnect the motor encoder PCB flat cable.
1
encoder PCB flat cable
Connection failure of the new Reconnect the new toner sensor PCB harness.
2
toner sensor PCB harness
3 Motor encoder PCB failure Replace th
the motor encoder PCB ASSY.
4 New toner sensor failure Replace the new toner sensor PCB ASSY.

5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

 1-29 Confidential

Error code 6200

No Drum
Open the Scanner Cover and Top Cover, then install the Drum Unit.

Detected that the drum unit was not set by GRID current error.

<User Check>
• Set th
the
e drum un
unit
it correc
correctly
tly..

• Clean the el
electrode
ectrodes
s of the
the drum unit.
Step Cause Remedy
Dirt on the electrodes of the Clean the electrodes of the drum unit.
1
drum unit (Refer to the figure below.)
Dirt on the high voltage power Clean the high voltage power supply PCB
2
supply PCB terminal terminal. (Refer to the figure below.)
Connection failure of the high Reconnect the high voltage PCB flat cable.
3
voltage PCB flat cable
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
4
failure ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Electrodes location of the toner cartridge and drum unit

Fig. 1-7

Electrodes location of the machine

Fig. 1-8
 1-30 Confidential

Error code 6801

Cooling Down
Wait for a while

The internal temperature thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.

<User Check>
• Low
Lower
er the room
room tempe
temperat
rature.
ure.

• Keep the machine

machine away fr
from
om heating
heating appliances
appliances..
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the Reconnect the internal temperature thermistor
1 internal temperature thermistor harness.
harness
Internal temperature thermistor Replace the Internal temperature thermistor.
2
failure
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 6901

Self-Diagnostic
Turn the power off, then on again. Leave the machine for 15 min.

An error occurred in the fuser unit

unit when the power switch was turned ON or sleep mode was
ended.

Error code 6902

Self-Diagnostic
Will Automatically Restart within 15 minutes.

Rechecking the error after the power switch was turned OFF and then ON again because an
error was detected by the fuser unit.
(This message is displayed for approximately 15 minutes when the machine is restarted after
error code 6901 has occurred.)

Step Cause Remedy

Connection failure of the fuser Reconnect each harness of the fuser unit.
1
unit harnesses
2 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
3
failure unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Note:
• Turn OFF the power switch. After the fuser unit has cooled sufficiently,
sufficiently, turn ON the
power switch again and leave the machine for ten minutes. This problem may then be
cleared.
 1-31 Confidential

Error code 6A00

Drum !
Open the Scanner Cover and Top Cover and slide the green tab across the Drum
Unit several times.

Detected discharge that may be attributable to dirty corona wire on the drum unit.

<User Check>

• Slide the gre

green
en tag of the drum unit
unit left and right
right two or three times
times to clean the corona
corona
wire.
• Clean the el
electrode
ectrodes
s of the
the drum unit.
• Rep
Replac
lace
e th
the
e drum
drum unit.
unit.
Step Cause Remedy
Dirt on the electrodes of the Clean the electrodes of the drum unit.
1
drum unit (Refer to Fig. 1-7.)
1-7.)
Dirt on the high voltage power Clean the high voltage power supply PCB
2
supply PCB terminal terminal. (Refer to Fig. 1-8.)
1-8.)
Connection failure of the high Reconnect the high voltage PCB flat cable.
3
voltage PCB flat cable
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
4
failure ASSY.

5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 6F00

Print Unable ZC
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Detected irregular power supply less than 100 times.

<User Check>
• Turn OFF the pow power
er switch. After
After several
several seconds, turn
turn ON the power again and check
check
that this error is reset.
Step Cause Remedy
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
1
failure unit.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-32 Confidential

Error code 7000

Jam Inside 1
Open the Scanner Cover and Top Cover, pull out the Drum Unit and remove the
jammed paper, then press Start.

The eject sensor does not detect paper pass after the paper printing position sensor detected
the paper pass.

<User Check>
• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed paper
paper..
• Check tha
thatt the paper is set in the paper
paper tray correctly
correctly..
• Check tha
thatt there is not too much
much paper set in the paper
paper tray
tray..
• Flip over the p
paper
aper in the paper
paper tray or rotate
rotate the paper 180 degrees.
degrees.
• Check tha
thatt the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the st
standard
andard..
• Flip thro
through
ugh the paper
paper and reset
reset it in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
Step Cause Remedy
Foreign object inside the Remove the foreign object.
1
machine
Eject actuator coming off or Reattach the eject actuator.
2 caught in sections of the
machine
Connection failure of the paper Reconnect the paper feed/paper printing
3 feed/paper printing position position sensor PCB harness.
sensor PCB harness
Connection failure of the eject Reconnect the eject sensor PCB harness.
4
sensor PCB harness
Paper feed/paper printing Replace the paper feed/paper printing position
5
position sensor PCB failure sensor PCB ASSY.
6 Eject sensor failure Replace the eject sensor PCB ASSY.
7 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-33 Confidential

Error code 7100

Jam Inside 2
Open the Scanner Cover and remove the jammed paper, then press Start.

The eject sensor remains ON (paper pass detected) even after the paper printing position
sensor detected the end of paper pass.

<User Check>

• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed paper
paper..
• Check tha
thatt the paper is set in the paper
paper tray correctly
correctly..
• Check tha
thatt there is not too much
much paper set in the paper
paper tray
tray..
• Flip over the p
paper
aper in the paper
paper tray or rotate
rotate the paper 180 degrees.
degrees.
• Check tha
thatt the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the st
standard
andard..
• Flip thro
through
ugh the paper
paper and reset
reset it in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
Step Cause Remedy
Foreign object in the rear of the Remove the foreign object.
1
machine
Eject actuator caught in Reattach the eject actuator.
2
sections of the machine
Paper feed/paper printing Replace the paper feed/paper printing position
3
position sensor PCB failure sensor PCB ASSY.
4 Eject sensor failure Replace the eject sensor PCB ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-34 Confidential

Error code 7300

Jam Tray
Remove the jammed paper from Tray, then press Start.

The paper feed sensor does not detect paper pass even after the paper has been fed for the
specified time.

<User Check>

• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed paper
paper..
• Check tha
thatt the paper is set in the paper
paper tray correctly
correctly..
• Check tha
thatt there is not too much
much paper set in the paper
paper tray
tray..
• Flip over the p
paper
aper in the paper
paper tray or rotate
rotate the paper 180 degrees.
degrees.
• Check tha
thatt the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the st
standard
andard..
• Check tha
thatt the size of
of the paper
paper is within
within the standard.
standard.
• Flip thro
through
ugh the paper
paper and reset
reset it in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
Step Cause Remedy
Foreign object in the front of the Remove the foreign object.
1
machine
Gears around the plate up plate Reattach gears around the plate-up plate.
2
coming off

3 Attachment failure of the motor Reattach the motor drive belt.

drive belt
Attachment failure of the laser Reattach the laser shutter arm.
4
shutter arm
Connection failure of the main Reconnect the main motor harness.
5
motor harness
Connection failure of the motor Reconnect the motor encoder PCB flat cable.
6
encoder PCB flat cable
Connection failure of the pick- Reconnect the pick-up solenoid harness.
7
up solenoid harness
8 Motor encoder PCB failure Replace th
the motor encoder PCB AS
ASSY.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
9
failure unit.
10 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
11 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-35 Confidential

Error code 7D00

Jam Inside 3
Remove the jammed paper, then press Start.

When the power switch was turned ON, the eject sensor detected paper pass.
(Cannot determine whether the top cover is open or whether it is a paper jam.)

<User Check>

• Clo
Close
se the
the to
top
p cover
cover..
• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed paper
paper..
Step Cause Remedy
Eject actuator caught in Reattach the eject actuator.
1
sections of the machine
Paper feed/paper printing Replace the paper feed/paper printing position
2
position sensor PCB failure sensor PCB ASSY.
3 Eject sensor failure Replace the eject sensor PCB ASSY.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 7E00

Jam Tray

Remove the jammed paper from Tray, then press Start.

Detected that multiple paper is fed five times in a row during receiving fax or printing list/
report.

<User Check>
• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed paper
paper..
• Check tha
thatt the paper is set in the paper
paper tray correctly
correctly..
• Check tha
thatt there is not too much
much paper set in the paper
paper tray
tray..
• Check tha
thatt the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the st
standard
andard..
• Check tha
thatt the size of
of the paper
paper is within
within the standard.
standard.
• Flip thro
through
ugh the paper
paper and reset
reset it in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-36 Confidential

Error code 8E01

Size mismatch
Fax received. Set correct paper size in menu.

Upon fax reception, the paper size setting is the one other than A4, Letter.

Error code 8E02

Size mismatch
Reload correct paper, then press Start.

Detected that the size of paper set in the paper tray was over 10 mm shorter than letter size
during receiving fax or printing list/report.

<User Check>
• Select A4 or let
letter
ter size in the paper
paper setting.
setting.
Step Cause Remedy
Paper printing position actuator Reattach the paper printing position actuator.
1 caught in sections of the
machine
Paper feed/paper printing Replace the paper feed/paper printing position
2
position sensor failure sensor PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 9002

Size Mismatch
Reload correct paper, then press Start.

When printing from the paper tray, the size of paper set in the paper tray does not match the
size specified by the driver.

<User Check>
• Change the dr
driver
iver setting
setting to match the size
size of the paper set in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
Step Cause Remedy
Paper printing position actuator Reattach the paper printing position actuator.
1 caught in sections of the
machine
Paper feed/paper printing Replace the paper feed/paper printing position
2
position sensor failure sensor PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-37 Confidential

Error code 9302

No Paper
Load paper, then press Start.

When printing from the paper tray, the paper feed sensor detected that there was no paper
set in the paper tray.

<User Check>

• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed paper
paper..
• Check tha
thatt the paper is set in the paper
paper tray correctly
correctly..
• Check tha
thatt there is not too much
much paper set in the paper
paper tray
tray..
• Check tha
thatt the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the st
standard
andard..
• Check tha
thatt the size of
of the paper
paper is within
within the standard.
standard.
• Flip thro
through
ugh the paper
paper and reset
reset it in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
Step Cause Remedy
Foreign object in the pick-up Remove the foreign object.
1
roller.
Connection failure of the paper Reconnect the paper feed/paper printing
2 feed/paper printing position position sensor PCB harness.
sensor PCB harness
Paper feed actuator L/R caught Reattach the paper feed actuator L/R.
3 in sections of the machine
Pa
Pape
perr ffee
eed
d sen
senso
sorr ffai
ailu
lure
re Repl
Replac
ace
e the
the pa
pape
perr feed
feed/p
/pap
aper
er pr
prin
inti
ting
ng po
posi
siti
tion
on
4
sensor PCB ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code 9307

No Paper
Load paper, then press Start.

Detected that paper has run out during receiving fax or printing list/report.

<User Check>
• Set pa
paper
per in tthe
he paper
paper tray
tray.

Step Cause Remedy

Connection failure of the paper Reconnect the paper feed/paper printing
1 feed/paper printing position position sensor PCB harness.
sensor PCB harness
Paper feed actuator L/R coming Reattach the paper feed actuator L/R.
2
off
Pa
Pape
perr ffee
eed
d sen
senso
sorr ffai
ailu
lure
re Repl
Replac
ace
e the
the pa
pape
perr feed
feed/p
/pap
aper
er pr
prin
inti
ting
ng po
posi
siti
tion
on
3
sensor PCB ASSY.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-38 Confidential

Error code 9601

Wrong Paper Type
Reload with A4, Letter, Legal or Folio paper, and press Start.

The paper feed sensor detected that the paper width was narrower than A4 size.

Error code 9608

Wrong Paper Type
Reload with A4, Letter, Legal or Folio paper, and press Start.

The paper feed sensor detected that the paper length was shorter than the specified size.

<User Check>
• Set A4/l
A4/letter
etter s
size
ize paper
paper or
or bigger.
bigger.
Step Cause Remedy
Paper feed actuator L/R coming Reattach the paper feed actuator L/R.
1
off
Pa
Pape
perr ffee
eed
d sen
senso
sorr ffai
ailu
lure
re Repl
Replac
ace
e the
the pa
pape
perr feed
feed/p
/pap
aper
er pr
prin
inti
ting
ng po
posi
siti
tion
on
2
sensor PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code A200

Document Jam
Clear the scanner jam, then press the Stop Key.

The document scanning position sensor detected that the document length was 90 cm or
more while scanning a document.

<User Check>
• Use A4 size paper or smaller
smaller..
• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed docume
document.
nt.
Step Cause Remedy
Document scanning position Reattach the document scanning position
1 actuator caught in sections of actuator.
the machine

2 Document scanning position

sensor failure Replace the ADF unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-39 Confidential

Error code A300

Document Jam
Clear the scanner jam, then press the Stop Key.

The document scanning position sensor has not detected the document passing even after
the document has been fed for the specified distance.

<User Check>

• Rem
Remove
ove the
the jammed
jammed docume
document.
nt.
Step Cause Remedy
Document scanning position Reattach the document scanning position
1
actuator coming off actuator.
Document scanning position Replace the ADF unit.
2
sensor failure
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code A500

Scan Unable
Remove the original document. Turn the power off, then on again

When scanning the fax, white or black correction data for the CIS was not within the correct

range.
Error code A600
Scan Unable A6
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Although operation was retried due to error A500 that occurred while scanning the fax, white
or black correction data for the CIS was not within the correct range.

Error code A700

Print Unable A7
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Color parameter in the ROM does not match the CIS.

Step Cause Remedy

Incorrect correction data for CIS Execute function code 55.
1
unit
Connection failure of the CIS Reconnect the CIS flat cable.
2
flat cable
3 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-40 Confidential

Error code A800

Print Unable
See Troubleshooting and routine maintenance chapter in User's Guide.

An error was detected in the color parameter in the ROM during scanned image processing.

Step Cause Remedy

Incorrect correction data for CIS Execute function code 55.
1
unit
Connection failure of the CIS Reconnect the CIS flat cable.
2
flat cable
3 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code AD00

Scan Unable
Remove the original document. Turn the power off, then on again

Image processing cannot be completed correctly because the number of pixels required for
image processing is insufficient in the scanned data.

Step Cause Remedy

Incorrect correction data for CIS Execute function code 55.
1
unit
Connection failure of the CIS Reconnect the CIS flat cable.
2
flat cable
3 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code AF00

Scan Unable AF
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Home position is still being detected even after the CIS was moved.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Dust on the CIS rail Remove the dust on the CIS rail.
2 CIS
CIS driv
drive
e belt
belt co
comi
ming
ng of
offf Reat
Reatta
tach
ch the
the CI
CIS
S dr
driv
ive
e belt
belt..
Connection failure of the Reconnect the document scanner motor
3 document scanner motor harness.
harness
4 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
Document scanner motor Replace the document scanner unit.
5
failure
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-41 Confidential

Error code B000

SCANNER ERROR FB/SCANNER ERROR ADF

Detected that the CIS flat cable is not connected.

Step Cause Remedy

Connection failure of the CIS Reconnect the CIS harness.
1
harness

2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.

3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code B900

Scanner Error

The white level does not increase during scanning although the light intensity was increased.

Step Cause Remedy

1 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
2 Dirt on the white tape Replace the scanner unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code BA00

Scanner Error

CIS received an external light from somewhere other than the CIS during scanning.

<User Check>
• Check that th
the
e light is not applied
applied directly
directly to the scanner
scanner unit.
• Clo
Close
se the
the sca
scanner
nner cove
coverr.
Step Cause Remedy
1 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
2 Damaged ADF unit Replace the ADF unit.
3 Damaged scanner unit Replace the scanner unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code BB00

Scanner Error

A white level not within the standard was scanned when function code 55 was executed.

Step Cause Remedy

1 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-42 Confidential

Error code BD00

Scanner Error

A black level not within the standard was scanned when function code 55 was executed.

<User Check>
• Remove the paper
paper jammed
jammed inside
inside the ma
machine.
chine.
Step Cause Remedy
1 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code C700

Out of Memory
Press Stop Key

There is insufficient memory to expand PC print data.

<User Check>
• Print th
the
e print data
data stored
stored in the
the memory
memory..
• Divide tthe
he print data
data and print
print them separately
separately..
Step Cause Remedy

1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code D100

Print Unable D1
Turn the power off and then back on again.

An error occurred while initializing the modem.

Step Cause Remedy

Connection failure of the Reconnect the modem PCB flat cable.
1
modem PCB flat cable
2 Modem PCB failure Replace the modem PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code D200

Machine Error
Unplug machine, then call Brother.

Detected that the modem PCB is not connected.

Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the Reconnect the modem PCB flat cable.
1
modem PCB flat cable
2 Modem PCB failure Replace the modem PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-43 Confidential

Error code E000

Print Unable E0
Turn the power off and then back on again.

An error occurred in the ROM check sum.

Error code E100

Print Unable E1
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Program error

<User Check>
• Ins
Instal
talll the lat
latest
est firmw
firmware
are..
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code E500

Print Unable E5
Turn the power off and then back on again.

An error occurred during access to the DRAM in the main PCB ASSY
AS SY..
Error code E600
Print Unable E6
Turn the power off and then back on again.

Write error in the EEPROM of the main PCB ASSY.

ASSY.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Error code F900

Machine Error F9

The country code was not entered correctly.

Step Cause Remedy
The power is turned OFF while Reenter the country code.
1
function code 74 was running.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-44 Confidential

4.2
4.2 Troub
rouble
lesh
shoo
ootin
ting
g fo
forr Pa
Pape
perr Fe
Feed
edin
ing
g Pr
Prob
oble
lems
ms
End users can solve problems related to paper feeding as long as they follow the User Check
items.
If the problem still cannot be solved, implement each procedure according to the step
numbers in the tables below.

4.2.1 No paper
paper is fed
fed ffrom
rom the paper
paper tray.
tray.
<User Check>
- Check that the paper
paper is set in the paper tray correctl
correctly
y.
- Check that
that there is not too much paper
paper set in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
- Flip over the paper in the paper
paper tray or rotate the paper 180 degr
degrees.
ees.
- Check that the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the standard.
standard.
- Check that
that the size of the paper
paper is within the st
standard
andard..
- Flip through
through the paper and
and reset it in the paper tray
tray..
Step Cause Remedy
1 Fore
Foreig
ign
noobj
bjec
ectt iins
nsid
ide
e tthe
he mach
machin
ine
e Remo
Remove
ve the
the for
forei
eign
gn obje
object
ct..
Gears around the plate up plate Reattach gears around the plate-up plate.
2
coming off
Attachment failure of the motor Reattach the motor drive belt.
3 drive belt
Attachment failure of the laser Reattach the laser shutter arm.
4
shutter arm
Connection failure of the main Reconnect the main motor harness.
5
motor harness
Connection failure of the motor Reconnect the motor encoder PCB flat
6
encoder PCB flat cable cable.
Connection failure of the pick-up Reconnect the pick-up solenoid harness.
7
solenoid harness
8 Motor encoder PCB failure Replace the motor encoder PCB ASSY.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
9
failure unit.
10 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.

11 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.
4.2.
2.2
2 Pape
Paperr be
beco
come
mes
s wrink
wrinkle
led
d
<User Check>
- Check that the paper
paper is set in the paper tray correctl
correctly
y.
- Flip over the paper in the paper
paper tray or rotate the paper 180 degr
degrees.
ees.
- Adjust the paper
paper guide accordin
according
g to the paper size.
size.
- Check that the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the standard.
standard.
- Check that
that the paper
paper is not
not damp.
- Check that
that there is no
no dust on the fuser
fuser unit.
unit.
- Check whether
whether the paper
paper type is appropriate.
appropriate.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
 1-45 Confidential

4.
4.2.
2.3
3 Pape
Paperr is
is cur
curle
led
d
<User Check>
- Select “Reduce
“Reduce Paper curl
curl mode” in the driver
driver..
- Check that the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the standard.
standard.

4.
4.2.
2.4
4 Pape
Paperr iis
s jam
jamme
med
d

Paper is jammed in the paper tray section

<User Check>
- Rotate
Rotate the paper 180 degrees
degrees in the pap
paper
er tray.
tray.
- Flip through
through the paper and
and reset it in the paper tray
tray..
- Check that the thickness
thickness of the paper is within
within the standard.
standard.
- Check that
that there is no label stuck
stuck in the paper
paper feed path.
Step Cause Remedy
Foreign object in the front of the Remove the foreign object.
1 machine Check for labels stuck on the side or bottom
of parts.
Paper feed actuator L/R coming off Reattach the paper feed actuator L/R.
2
or caught in sections of the machine
Connection failure of the paper Reconnect the paper feed/paper printing
3 feed/paper printing position sensor position sensor PCB harness.
PCB harness
Paper feed/paper printing position Replace the paper feed/paper printing
4
sensor PCB failure position sensor PCB ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Paper is jammed in the paper eject path

<User Check>
- Rotat
Rotate
e the paper 180 degrees
degrees in the paper
paper tray.
tray.
- Check that the thic
thickness
kness of the paper is within
within the standard.
standard.
- Check tha
thatt there is no label stuck
stuck in the paper
paper feed path.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Top cover is not closed Close the top cover.
Foreign object in the rear of the Remove the foreign object.
2 machine Check for labels stuck on the side or bottom
of parts.
Eject actuator caught in sections of Reattach the eject actuator.
3
the machine
Connection failure of the eject Reconnect the eject sensor PCB harness.
4
sensor PCB harness
5 Eject sensor failure Replace the eject sensor PCB ASSY.
Connection failure of the paper Reconnect the paper feed/paper printing
6 feed/paper printing position sensor position sensor PCB harness.
PCB harness
Paper feed/paper printing position Replace the paper feed/paper printing
7
sensor PCB failure position sensor PCB ASSY.
8 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
9 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-46 Confidential

4.3 Image Defects

Light Faulty registration Dark Poor fixing Completely blank

Image distortion All black Dirt on the back of paper Vertical streaks

Black vertical streaks Black horizontal White vertical streaks White horizontal Faint print
on a light background stripes streaks

White spots Black spots Black band Downward fogging Horizontal lines
of solid color

Ghost Fogging

Fig. 1-9
 1-47 Confidential

4.4
4.4 Troub
rouble
lesh
shoo
ooti
ting
ng Ac
Acco
cord
rdin
ing
g to Im
Imag
age
eDDef
efec
ectt
End users can solve problems related to image defects as long as they follow the User Check items.
If the problem still cannot be solved, implement each procedure according to the step numbers in the
tables below.

4.4.1 Light
<User Check>
- Check the usage env
environme
ironment
nt of the machine. Using the machine
machine in
hot-humid or cold-dry conditions can cause this problem.
- If the whole page is light, toner save mode may be ON. T
Turn
urn OFF
the toner save mode.
- Adjust th
the
e density using
using the Density
Density Adjustment.
Adjustment.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
Step Cause Remedy
Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
1-8.)
Fig. 1-8.)
2 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
3
failure ASSY.
4 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.
4.4.
4.2
2 Faul
Faulty
ty regi
regist
stra
rati
tion
on
<User Check>
- Check that the appropriat
appropriate
e paper type is selected
selected in the
driver.

Step Cause Remedy

Adjusted value of the laser unit is Refer to “2.1 Entering Adjusted Value of
1 incorrect. Laser Unit” in Chapter 3,
3, and enter the
adjusted value of the laser unit again.
Paper printing position actuator Reattach the paper printing position
2
caught in sections of the machine actuator.
3 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
 1-48 Confidential

4.4.3 Dark
<User Check>
- Check the usage env
environme
ironment
nt of the machine. Using the machine
machine in
hot-humid or cold-dry conditions can cause this problem.
- Clean tthe
he corona wire
wire of the drum
drum unit.
- If a new toner car
cartridge
tridge has been
been set, check
check that it was not repl
replaced
aced
with a used toner cartridge.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
Step Cause Remedy
Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
1-8.)
Fig. 1-8.)
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
2
failure ASSY.
3 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.4
4.4.4 Poor
Poor fix
fixing
ing
<User Check>
- Check the usage env
environme
ironment
nt of the machine. Using the machine
machine in
hot-humid or cold-dry conditions can cause this problem.
- Clean th
the
e corona wire
wire of the drum
drum unit.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Replac
Replace
e the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
2
failure ASSY.
3 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
5
failure unit.
 1-49 Confidential

4.
4.4.
4.5
5 Comp
Comple
lete
tely
ly bl
blan
ank
k
<User Check>
- Clean tthe
he corona wire
wire of the drum
drum unit.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.

Step Cause Remedy

Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine, and dirt those of the machine, and the grounding
on ground wire. wire. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and Fig. 1-8
1-8.)
.)
2 Laser unit attachment failure Reattach the laser unit.
Connection failure of the laser unit Reconnect the laser unit flat cable.
3
flat cable
Connection failure of the high Reconnect the high voltage PCB flat cable.
4
voltage PCB flat cable
Disconnection of the laser unit flat Replace the laser unit flat cable.
5
cable
6 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
7
failure ASSY.
8 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.
4.4.
4.6
6 Imag
Image
e dis
disto
tort
rtio
ion
n

Step Cause Remedy

La
Lase
serr un
unit
it at
atta
tach
chme
ment
nt fa
fail
ilur
ure
e Reat
Reatta
tach
ch the
the la
lase
serr un
unit
it,, an
and
d firm
firmly
ly tigh
tighte
ten
n
1
the screws.
Dirt on high-voltage electrodes and Clean the high-voltage electrodes and
2
electrodes of the machine electrodes of the machine.
Laser unit FG plate attachment Retighten the screws to secure the laser unit
3
failure (not grounded correctly) FG plate.
4 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-50 Confidential

4.4.7 All bl
black
<User Check>
- Clean tthe
he corona wire
wire of the drum
drum unit.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.

Step Cause Remedy

Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
Fig. 1-8
1-8.)
.)
Connection failure of the laser unit Reconnect the laser unit flat cable.
2
flat cable
Laser unit FG plate attachment Check the contact of the laser unit FG plate,
3
failure (not grounded correctly) and retighten the screws.
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
4
failure ASSY.
5 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.
4.4.
4.8
8 Di
Dirt
rt on
on the
the back
back of
of pap
paper
er
<User Check>
- This problem
problem may disappear after
after printing
printing multiple
sheets of paper.
- Replace
Replace the toner cartridg
cartridge
e with a new one.
one.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Dirt on paper feed system Wipe off the dirt.
2 Dirt on the fuser unit Replace the fuser unit.
 1-51 Confidential

4.
4.4.
4.9
9 Ver
erti
tica
call st
stre
reak
aks
s
<User Check>
- Clean the ins
inside
ide of the machine
machine and the coro
corona
na wire of
the drum unit.
- Re
Retu
turn
rn the
the co
coro
rona
na wir
wire
e clean
cleaning
ing tab
tab tto
o the
the “ ” pos
posit
itio
ion.
n.
- This probl
problem
em may disappear after
after printin
printing
g multiple
sheets of paper.
- Replac
Replace
e the drum
drum unit with
with a new one.
- Replac
Replace
e the toner cartridg
cartridge
e with a new one.
one.
Step Cause Remedy
Attachment failure of the FG Retighten the screws to secure the FG
1 harness or FG plate (not grounded harness or FG plate.
correctly)
2 Scratch or dirt on the heat unit Replace the fuser unit.

Note:
• If the machin
machinee prints the same pattern
pattern continuously,
continuously, especially a pattern including
vertical streaks, black vertical streaks may appear on the paper because the
electrostatic performance of the exposure drum has lowered temporarily.

4.4.10 Black vertical

vertical streaks on a light background
background
<User Check>
- Clean the in
inside
side of the machine
machine and the corona
corona wire of the drum
unit.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Dirt on paper feed system Wipe off the dirt.
2 Scratch or dirt on the heat unit Replace the fuser unit.

3 Foreign object in the laser unit Replace the laser unit.

 1-52 Confidential

4.4.11
4.4.11 Black
Black horizontal
horizontal stripes
<User Check>
- Clean the in
inside
side of the machine
machine and the corona
corona wire of the drum
unit.
- This problem may disappear after printing multiple s
sheets
heets of paper
paper..
- Repla
Replace
ce the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.

Step Cause Remedy

Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
Fig. 1-8
1-8.)
.)
Dirt on electrodes of the toner Clean the electrodes of the toner cartridge
2 cartridge and those of the machine and those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7
and Fig. 1-8.)
1-8.)
Attachment failure of the FG Retighten the screws to secure the FG
3 harness or FG plate (not grounded harness or FG plate.
correctly)
4 Scratch or dirt on the heat unit Replace the fuser unit.
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
5 failure ASSY.
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Image defects which appear periodically may be caused by failure of rollers. Refer to the
table below and determine the responsible roller based on the pitch at which defects appear
on the image.
Pitch at which defects
Part name Diameter
appear in the image
Developer roller ø 13 mm 26.0 mm
Transfer roller ø 13 mm 38.0 mm
Exposure drum ø 24 mm 75.4 mm
Heat roller ø 25 mm 78.5 mm
Pressure roller ø 25 mm 78.5 mm

4.4.12
4.4.12 White vertica
verticall streaks
<User Check>
- Check tha
thatt there is no dust in the gap between
between the toner
toner cartridge
cartridge
and the drum unit.
- Replac
Replace
e the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
- Check the u
usage
sage environment of the machine. U Using
sing the machine in
hot-humid or cold-dry conditions can cause this problem.
- Check tthat
hat the paper
paper is not damp.
damp.
- Leave the mac
machine
hine for a while
while before printing
printing again.
again.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new one.
S te p Cause Remedy

1 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.

 1-53 Confidential

4.4.13 White horizontal streaks

<User Check>
- This problem may disappear after printing multiple sheet
sheets
s of paper
paper..
When the machine has not been used for long periods of time, try
printing several sheets of paper.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.

Step Cause Remedy

Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
Fig. 1-8
1-8.)
.)
Dirt on electrodes of the toner Clean the electrodes of the toner cartridge
2 cartridge and those of the machine and those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7
and Fig. 1-8.)
1-8.)
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
3
failure ASSY.

4.4.14
4.4.14 Faint print

<User Check>
- Check that
that the machine
machine is positioned
positioned on a level surface.
surface.
- Replace
Replace the toner cartridg
cartridge
e with a new one.
one.
- Replace
Replace the drum
drum unit with
with a new one.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
2 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-54 Confidential

4.4.15
4.4.15 White
White spots
spots
<User Check>
- Turn ON the powe
powerr switch, then open the top cover
cover.. Leave the
machine for a while to remove condensation.
- Replac
Replace
e the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
- Replac
Replace
e the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.

- Check if the fan is no

nott blocked (only
(only for models
models with fan).
- Refer to the User's
User's Guide to remove the dirt from the exposure
exposure drum.
Step Cause Remedy
Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
1-8.)
Fig. 1-8.)
Dirt on electrodes of the toner Clean the electrodes of the toner cartridge
2 cartridge and those of the machine and those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7
1-8.)
and Fig. 1-8.)
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
3
failure ASSY.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.4.16
4.4.16 Black
Black spots
spots
<User Check>
- This problem may disappear after printing multiple sheet
sheets
s of paper
paper..
When the machine has not been used for long periods of time, try
printing several sheets of paper.
- Replace
Replace the toner cartridg
cartridge
e with a new one.
one.
- Replace
Replace the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Check if the fan is not
not blocked (only
(only for models
models with fan).
- Refer to the User's Guide to remove the dirt from the exposure drum.
Step Cause Remedy
Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
1-8.)
Fig. 1-8.)
Dirt on electrodes of the toner Clean the electrodes of the toner cartridge
2 cartridge and those of the machine and those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7
1-8.)
and Fig. 1-8.)
3 Spon
Spong
ge o
off tthe
he fr
fram
ame
e R co
comi
ming
ng of
offf Repla
eplace
ce the
the s
spo
pong
nge
eooff the
the fr
fram
ame
e R.
R.
Scratch or dirt on the heat unit, or Replace the fuser unit.
4
dirt on the pressure roller
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
5
failure ASSY.
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-55 Confidential

4.4.17
4.4.17 Black
Black band
<User Check>
- This problem may disappear after printing multiple sheet
sheets
s of paper
paper..
When the machine has not been used for long periods of time, try
printing several sheets of paper.
- Repla
Replace
ce the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.

Step Cause Remedy

Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
Fig. 1-8
1-8.)
.)
Dirt on electrodes of the toner Clean the electrodes of the toner cartridge
2 cartridge and those of the machine and those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7
and Fig. 1-8.)
1-8.)
Scratch or dirt on the heat unit or, Replace the fuser unit.
3
dirt on the pressure roller
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.4.18
4.4.18 Downward
Downward fogging
fogging of solid color
<User Check>
- Replac
Replace
e the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new one.

S te p Cause Remedy
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
1
failure ASSY.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.4.19
4.4.19 Horizont
Horizontal
al lines
<User Check>
- Replace
Replace the toner cartridg
cartridge
e with a new one.
one.
- Replace
Replace the drum
drum unit with
with a new one.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
2 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
 1-56 Confidential

4.4.20
4.4.20 Ghost
Ghost
<User Check>
- Check the usage env
environme
ironment
nt of the machine. Using the machine
machine in
hot-humid or cold-dry conditions can cause this problem.
- Check that the appropriate paper type is selected in the driver.
driver.
- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.

- Turn
ON inthe
the“Improve
driver. Toner Fixing” setting of the “Improve Print Output”
Step Cause Remedy
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
1
failure ASSY.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.4.21
4.4.21 Fogging
Fogging
<User Check>
- Check the usage env
environme
ironment
nt of the machine. Using the machine
machine in
hot-humid or cold-dry conditions can cause this problem.
- This problem may disappear after printing multiple sheet
sheets
s of paper
paper..

- Repla
Replace
ce the drum unit
unit with a new
new one.
- Replac
Replace
e the toner cartrid
cartridge
ge with a new one.
one.
- Do not use acid
acid paper
paper..
Step Cause Remedy
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
1
failure ASSY.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Note:
• This probl
problem
em tends to occur when
when the life of the drum unit or toner cartridge
cartridge is expiring.
expiring.
 1-57 Confidential

4.5
4.5 Troub
rouble
lesh
shoo
ootin
ting
g ffor
or So
Sofftw
twar
are
ePPro
robl
blem
ems
s
End users can solve problems related to software, for instance, printing is not possible from a
computer although test print or Printer Setting print can be performed from the machine, as
long as they follow the User Check items. If the problem still cannot be solved, implement
each procedure according to the
t he step numbers in the tables below.

4.
4.5.
5.1
1 Cann
Cannot
ot prin
printt dat
data
a

<User Check>
- Check that
that the USB cable
cable is not damaged
damaged..
- When using an interface switch, check that the correct machine is selected.
- Check the relevant
relevant section
section in the User's
User's Guide.
Guide.
- Check the driver
driver settings.
settings.
- Reset the machine
machine to the default settings.
settings. (Refer
(Refer to the User's Guide.)
Step Cause Remedy
Machine connection For Macintosh, check the Product ID*.
1
When it is wrong, update the firmware.
2 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

*
Check the Product ID on a Macintosh according to the following procedure:

(1) Select
Select “A
“Abou
boutt This Mac”
Mac” from
from the “Apple
“Apple”” menu.
menu.
(2) Press the
the “More Info...
Info...”” button in the “About
“About This
This Mac” dialog
dialog b
box.
ox.
(3) Select “USB”
“USB” at the bottom
bottom of “Hardware”
“Hardware” iin
n the “Content”
“Content” on the
the left si
side
de of the scre
screen.
en.
(4) Select “DCP-XX
“DCP-XXXX”
XX” or ““MFC-XXXX
MFC-XXXX”” in the
the “USB Device
Device T
Tree”.
ree”.
(5) Check the Product
Product ID under
under “DCP-XXXX”
“DCP-XXXX” or “MFC-XXXX”.
“MFC-XXXX”.

Product ID (hexadecimal)

• DCP-15** series : 02D0h • MFC-18** series : 02D1h

• DCP-160* series : 0376h • MFC-190* series : 0377h
(except for DCP-1608) (except for MFC-1906,1908)
• DCP-1608 : 0378h • MFC-1906 : 037Ah
• DCP-1619 : 0379h • MFC-1908 : 037Bh

• DCP-161*NW series : 035Ch • MFC-191*NW series : 035Eh

• DCP-161*W series : 035Bh (except for MFC-1919NW)
(except for DCP-1618W) • M
MFFC-1919NW : 0361h
• DCP-1618W : 0360h • MFC-191*W series : 035Dh
• DC
D CP-1622WE : 035Bh
• DC
D CP-1623WE : 035Bh
 1-58 Confidential

4.6
4.6 Troub
rouble
lesh
shoo
ootin
ting
g fo
forr C
Con
ontr
trol
ol P
Pan
anel
el P
Pro
robl
blem
ems
s

4.6.1
4.6.1 Nothin
Nothing
g is displa
displayed
yed on the LCD
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main firmware discrepancy Install the latest main firmware.
Connection failure of the panel flat Reconnect the panel flat cable.
2
cable

3 Connection failure of the LCD flat Reconnect the LCD flat cable.
cable
4 LCD failure Replace the LCD.
5 Panel PCB failure Replace the panel PCB ASSY.
AC cord or low voltage power Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
6
supply PCB failure unit.
7 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.6.2
4.6.2 Contro
Controll pane
panell is inoper
inoperabl
able
e
<User Check>
- Check that
that the function
function lock
lock is not set.
set.
S te p Cause Remedy

1 Panel unit attachment failure Reattach the panel unit.

Connection failure of the panel flat Reconnect the panel flat cable.
2
cable
3 Rubber key attachment failure Reattach the rubber key.
4 Rubber key failure Replace the panel unit.
5 Panel PCB failure Replace the panel PCB ASSY.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
6
failure unit.
7 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-59 Confidential

4.7
4.7 Troub
rouble
lesh
shoo
ooti
ting
ng ffor
or T
Ton
oner
er a
and
nd D
Dru
rum
m Pr
Prob
oble
lems
ms

4.7.1 Replaced
Replaced the
the toner cartr
cartridge
idge with a new
new one but still
still seeing
seeing error messa
message
ge
prompting toner cartridge replacement.
<User Check>
- Check that
that a new (not used) toner
toner cartridge
cartridge is set.
Step Cause Remedy

1 Connection failure of the motor Reconnect the motor encoder PCB flat
encoder PCB flat cable cable.
Connection failure of the new toner Reconnect the new toner sensor PCB
2
sensor PCB harness harness.
3 Motor encoder PCB failure Replace the motor encoder PCB ASSY.
4 New toner sensor failure Replace the new toner sensor PCB ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.7.2
4.7.2 Toner
oner cartri
cartridge
dge cann
cannot
ot be detect
detected
ed
<User Check>
- Set the toner cartridge
cartridge correctly
correctly..
Step Cause Remedy

1 Connection
encoder PCBfailure of the motor
flat cable Reconnect
cable. the motor encoder PCB flat

Connection failure of the new toner Reconnect the new toner sensor PCB
2
sensor PCB harness harness.
3 Motor encoder PCB failure Replace the motor encoder PCB ASSY.
4 New toner sensor failure Replace the new toner sensor PCB ASSY.
5 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.7.3
4.7.3 Failed
Failed to
to detec
detectt ton
toner
er cart
cartrid
ridge
ge
S te p Cause Remedy
The power switch was turned OFF Reattach the new toner actuator.
or the top cover was opened while
1
a new toner cartridge was being
detected.
2 New toner sensor PCB failure Replace the new toner sensor PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-60 Confidential

4.7
.7.4
.4 Dru
rum
m erro
rorr
<User Check>
- Clean the
the corona wire
wire of the drum
drum unit.
- Replace
Replace the drum unit with a new one, and reset the drum counter.
counter.
Step Cause Remedy
Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and
1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
1-8.)
Fig. 1-8.)
Connection failure of the high Reconnect the high voltage PCB harness.
2
voltage PCB harness
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
3
failure ASSY.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.7.5
4.7.5 Drum
Drum unit
unit cannot
cannot be det
detec
ected
ted..
<User Check>
- Set the d
drum
rum unit
unit correctly
correctly..
S te p Cause Remedy
Dirt on electrodes of the drum unit Clean the electrodes of the drum unit and

1 and those of the machine those of the machine. (Refer to Fig. 1-7 and
1-8.)
Fig. 1-8.)
Connection failure of the high Reconnect the high voltage PCB harness.
2
voltage PCB harness
High voltage power supply PCB Replace the high voltage power supply PCB
3
failure ASSY.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.7.6 Replace
Replace drum unit
unit (replac
(replaced
ed the drum
drum unit with
with a new one but
but still seein
seeing
g LED
display prompting toner cartridge replacement)
<User Check>
- Replace the drum u
unit
nit with a new one, and reset the drum counter
counter..
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-61 Confidential

4.8
4.8 Troub
rouble
lesh
shoo
ootin
ting
g ffor
or Fu
Fuse
serr U
Uni
nitt P
Pro
robl
blem
ems
s

4.
4.8.
8.1
1 Fuse
Fuserr unit
unit fail
failur
ure
e
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the center Reconnect the center thermistor harness of
1
thermistor harness of the fuser unit the fuser unit.
Connection failure of the side Reconnect the side thermistor harness.
2
thermistor harness
Connection failure of the low Reconnect the low voltage PCB harness.
3
voltage PCB harness
Connection failure of the heater Reconnect the heater harness of the fuser
4
harness of the fuser unit unit.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
5
failure unit.
6 Fuser unit failure Replace the fuser unit.
7 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Note:
• Tur
Turn
n the power swi
switch
tch OFF and then back
back ON again. Leave
Leave the machine
machine for
approximately 15 minutes to cool the heater. This problem may have then been solved.

4.9
4.9 Troub
rouble
lesh
shoo
ooti
ting
ng for
for L
Las
aser
er Un
Unit
it Pr
Prob
oble
lems
ms

4.
4.9.
9.1
1 Lase
Laserr unit
unit fail
failur
ure
e
<User Check>
- Turn ON the power switch, then open the top cover.
cover. Leave the machine for a while
while to
remove condensation.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the laser unit Reconnect the laser unit flat cable.
1
flat cable
Connection failure of the polygon Reconnect the polygon motor harness.
2
motor harness
3 Laser unit failure Replace the laser unit.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-62 Confidential

4.10 Troubl
roublesho
eshooting
oting for Docu
Document
ment Pape
Paperr Fe
Feeding
eding Prob
Problems
lems

4.10.1
4.10.1 No documen
documentt is fed
<User Check>
- Set the document properly
properly and check that the display
display on the LCD changes.
changes.
- Check that the number
number of document
documents
s set is within the standard.
standard.
Step Cause Remedy
Document detection actuator Reattach the document detection actuator.
1
coming off
ADF bevel gear ASSY attachment Reattach the ADF bevel gear ASSY.
2
failure
Connection failure of the ADF Reconnect the ADF sensor harness.
3
sensor harness
Docume
Document
nt separa
separate
te roller
roller failure
failure Replac
Replacee the docume
document
nt sep
separa
arate
te rol
roller
ler
4
holder ASSY.
5 AD
ADF
F se
sens
nsor
or fa
fail
ilur
ure
e Repl
Replac
ace
e the
the AD
ADF
F se
sens
nsor
or PCB
PCB AS
ASSY
SY..
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.10.2 Multiple documents

documents are fed
<User Check>
- Check that pa
paper
per used for the document
document is not thinner than the standard.
standard.
S te p Cause Remedy
1 Abra
Abrasi
sion
on of th
the
e ADF
ADF separ
eparat
atio
ion
n pad
pad Repl
Replac
ace
e th
the
e ADF
ADF un
uniit.

4.10.3 Document becomes jammed

Document jam in the ADF cover

<User Check>
- Check that pa
paper
per used for the document
document is not thinner than the standard.
standard.
- Check that pa
paper
per used for the document
document is not shorter than the standa
standard.
rd.
- Check that the num
number
ber of document
documents
s set is within the standard.
standard.
Step Cause Remedy
Foreign object in the document Remove the foreign object.
1
chute.
Document scanning position Reattach the document scanning position
2
actuator coming off actuator.
3 Docum
ocumen
entt p
pin
inch
ch roll
roller
er co
comi
min
ng off
off Reatt
eatta
ach the
the d
doc
ocum
umen
entt pin
pinch
ch roll
roller
er..
Connection failure of the ADF Reconnect the ADF sensor harness.
4
sensor harness
Abrasion of the document feed Replace the ADF unit.
5
roller
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-63 Confidential

Document jam inside the ADF

<User Check>
- Check that paper
paper used for the document is not thinner
thinner than the standard.
standard.
- Check that paper
paper used for the document is not shorter
shorter than the standard.
standard.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Foreign object inside the ADF Remove the foreign object.

2 Document scanning
actuator coming off position Reattach
actuator. the document scanning position
3 Document hold coming off Reattach the document hold.
Connection failure of the ADF Reconnect the ADF sensor harness.
4
sensor harness
Abrasion of the document feed Replace the ADF unit.
5
roller
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Document jam in the ADF document eject path

Step Cause Remedy
Foreign object in the ADF Remove the foreign object.
1
document eject path

2 Document ejection pinch roller Reattach the document ejection pinch roller.
coming off
Abrasion of the document ejection Replace the ADF unit.
3
roller
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.10.4
4.10.4 Document
Document becomes
becomes wrinkled
<User Check>
- Check that the docu
document
ment guide is adjusted
adjusted to suit the document siz
size.
e.
- Check tthat
hat the document
document is not
not curled.
curled.
Step Cause Remedy
Abrasion of the document separate Replace the document separate roller
1
roller holder ASSY.
Abrasion of the document feed Replace the ADF unit.
2
roller

4.10.5 Document size is not

not detected
detected correctly
<User Check>
- Check tha
thatt the document
document size is within
within the standard.
standard.
Step Cause Remedy
Document scanning position Reattach the document scanning position
1 actuator caught in sections of the actuator.
machine
2 Damag
age
ed AD
ADF be
bevel ge
gear AS
ASSY Replace th
the d
do
ocument sc
scanner unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-64 Confidential

4.11
4.11 Trou
rouble
blesho
shooti
oting
ng for Sc
Scann
anned
ed Ima
Image
ge Def
Defect
ects
s

4.11.1
4.11.1 Defect
Defect examples
examples

Light Faulty registration Dark Completely blank

Vertical streaks White vertical streaks Partial shading Colored background

Fig. 1-10

4.11.2
4.11.2 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting according
according to image
image defect

Light
<User Check>
- Check tha
thatt the contrast
contrast setting is not
not too light.
- Clean th
the
e document
document glass or the
the ADF glass.
glass.
- Clean the document
document hold.
hold.

Step Cause Remedy

White level data failure Acquire white level data again. (Refer to
1
“1.3.17” in chapter 4.)
4.)
2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-65 Confidential

Faulty registration

(1) ADF

Step Cause Remedy

Deviation of the scanning start Adjust the scanning start position by
1
position executing function code 54.
Document scanning position Reattach the document scanning position
2 actuator caught in sections of the actuator.
machine
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

(2) Documen
Documentt scanner
scanner unit
unit

Step Cause Remedy

1 Deviation of the scanning start Adjust the scanning start position by

position executing function code 54.
2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Dark
<User Check>
- Check tha
thatt the contrast
contrast setting is not
not too dark.

Step Cause Remedy

White level data failure Acquire white level data again. (Refer to
1
“1.3.17” in chapter 4.)
4.)
2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-66 Confidential

Completely blank
<User Check>
- Check tthat
hat the document
document is not
not reversed.
reversed.

Step Cause Remedy

White level data failure Acquire white level data again. (Refer to
1
“1.3.17” in chapter 4.
4 .)
2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

Vertical streaks
<User Check>
- Clean the d
documen
ocumentt glass or the
the ADF glas
glass.
s.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Dirt inside the documen
ment glass Clean the inside of the document glass.
2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
3 Scratch on
on tth
he do
document gl
glass Replace tth
he do
document s
sc
canner u
un
n i t.

White vertical streaks

<User Check>
- Clean th
the
e document
document glass or the
the ADF glass.
glass.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Dirt inside the docum
cumen
entt glass Clean the
the inside of the do
doc
cument
ent glass.
2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
3 Sc
Scrratch on the documen
entt glas
ass
s Replace the document scanner unit.
 1-67 Confidential

Partial shading
<User Check>
- Clean th
the
e document
document glass or the
the ADF glass.
glass.

Step Cause Remedy

1 Dirt inside the docum
cumen
entt glass Clean the
the inside of the do
doc
cument
ent glass.
2 De
Defo
form
rmed
ed do
docu
cume
ment
nt sponge
sponge Repla
Replace
ce the
the doc
docume
ument
nt scan
scanner
ner unit
unit..

Colored background
<User Check>
- Clean the d
documen
ocumentt glass or the
the ADF glas
glass.
s.

Step Cause Remedy

White level data failure Acquire white level data again. (Refer to
1
“1.3.17” in chapter 4.)
4.)
2 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-68 Confidential

4.12
4.12 Trou
rouble
blesho
shooti
oting
ng for F
FAX/
AX/Pho
Phone
ne Pro
Proble
blems
ms

4.12.1
4.12.1 Fax cannot
cannot be sent
sent
<User Check>
- Check that the line cord is inserted into the socket correctly.
- Check that the dial
dial function setting
setting (tone/pulse)
(tone/pulse) is correct.
correct.
- Check that the telephone
telephone line is connected correctly
correctly..
- Check that the document is set in the document scanner unit or ADF unit correctly
correctly..
- Check that the handset
handset cord is connected
connected correctly
correctly.
- Check that the dial numbers are saved in the phone book correctly.
- Check that the remote terminal's equipment is working normally or equipped with
required function.
- Check if there is any irregular background noise around the machine by moving it to
another place.
- Check that the handset is placed in the handset holder correctly.
correctly.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the modem Reconnect the modem PCB flat cable.
1
PCB flat cable
Connection failure of the CIS flat Reconnect the CIS flat cable.
2 cable
3 Rubber key failure Replace the panel unit.
4 Hook PCB failure Replace the hook PCB ASSY.
5 Panel PCB failure Replace the panel PCB ASSY.
6 Modem PCB failure Replace the modem PCB ASSY.
7 CIS unit failure Replace the CIS unit.
8 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.12.2
4.12.2 Fax cannot
cannot be received
received
<User Check>
- Check that the line cord is inserted into the socket correctly.
- Check that
that the receiving
receiving mode setting
setting is correct.
correct.
- Check that the handset is placed in the handset holder correctly.
correctly.
- Check if there is any irregular background noise around the machine by moving it to
another place.
S te p Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the modem Reconnect the modem PCB flat cable.
1
PCB flat cable
2 Modem PCB failure Replace the modem PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-69 Confidential

4.12.3
4.12.3 Ringtone
Ringtone does
does not sound
sound
<User Check>
- Check that
that “0” is not set
set for the number
number of rings.
rings.
- Check that
that “0” is not set for the ringtone
ringtone volume.
volume.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the speaker Reconnect the speaker harness.
1
harness
2 Modem PCB failure Replace the modem PCB ASSY.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.12.4 Telephone communication

communication is unavailable
<User Check>
- Check that the line cord is inserted into the socket correctly.
- Check that the dial
dial function setting
setting (tone/pulse)
(tone/pulse) is correct.
correct.
- Check that the telephone
telephone line is connected correctly
correctly..
- Check that the handset
handset cord is connected
connected correctly
correctly.
- Check that the dial numbers are saved in the phone book correctly.
- Check that the remote terminal's equipment is working normally.
normally.
- Check if there is any irregular background noise around the machine by moving it to
another place.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the modem Reconnect the modem PCB flat cable.
1
PCB flat cable
2 Rubber key failure Replace the panel unit.
3 Hook PCB failure Replace the hook PCB ASSY.
4 Panel PCB failure Replace the panel PCB ASSY.
5 Modem PCB failure Replace the modem PCB ASSY.
6 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.12.5 Communication error occurs

<User Check>
- Check wh
whether
ether there
there is a noise source near
near the machine.
machine.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the modem Reconnect the modem PCB flat cable
1
PCB flat cable correctly.
Connection failure of the modem Retighten the screws to secure the modem
2
PCB FG harness PCB FG harness.
3 Modem PCB failure Replace the modem PCB ASSY.
4 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-70 Confidential

4.13
4.13 Trou
rouble
blesho
shootin
oting
g for Oth
Other
er P
Prob
roblem
lems
s

4.13.1
4.13.1 Machine
Machine does not
not turn ON
<User Check>
- Plug the AC cord into
into a socket.
socket.
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the panel flat Reconnect the panel flat cable.
1 cable
Connection failure of the LCD flat Reconnect the LCD flat cable.
2
cable
Connection failure of the low Reconnect the low voltage PCB harness.
3
voltage PCB harness
4 Panel PCB failure Replace the panel PCB ASSY.
5 LCD failure Replace the LCD.
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
6
failure unit.
7 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.13.2
4.13.2 Main motor
motor failure
failure
Step Cause Remedy
Connection failure of the main Reconnect the main motor harness.
1
motor harness
Low voltage power supply PCB Replace the low voltage power supply PCB
2
failure unit.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.13.3 Unusual noise is coming from the machine

<User Check>
- Check that the covers are closed.
closed.
S te p Cause Remedy
Possible cause differs depending When the location with the problem is
on the location. Identify the location identified, check if there is a foreign object
1
with the problem first. around that location (replace the part if
necessary).
2 Insufficient grease on parts Re-grease the parts.
3 Bent or defective part Replace the part.

4.13.4
4.13.4 Memory
Memory failur
failure
e
<User Check>
- Print the pr
print
int data stored
stored in the memory.
memory.
- Reduc
Reduce
e the complexity
complexity or resolution
resolution of the data.
data.
- Divi
Divide
de the print data and print them separately
separately..
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-71 Confidential

4.13.5
4.13.5 Print failure
failure
<User Check>
- Check that the maximum
maximum printable
printable page number
number has not been exceeded.
exceeded.
- Reduce the
the complexity
complexity or resolution
resolution of the data.
data.
Step Cause Remedy
1 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.

4.13.6
4.13.6 Fan not
not rotat
rotate
e
<User Check>
- Check that the maximum
maximum printable
printable page number
number has not been exceeded.
exceeded.
- Reduce the
the complexity
complexity or resolution
resolution of the data.
data.
Step Cause Remedy
Harness connection failure of the Check the harness connection of the fan
1
fan and reconnect it.
2 Fan failure Replace the fan.
3 Main PCB failure Replace the main PCB ASSY.
 1-72 Confidential

CH
CHAP
APTE
TER
R 2 DI
DISA
SASS
SSEM
EMBL
BLY/
Y/RE
REAS
ASSE
SEMB
MBL
LY

Be sure to observe Troubleshooting/Disassembling/Assembling Notes during disassembly

and assembly work.

1. PACKING

Fig. 2-1
 2-1 Confidential

2. TIG
IGHT
HTE
ENIN
ING
G TORQUE LIS
ISTS
TS

Tightening torque
Location of screw Part name Q'ty
N·m (kgf·cm)
Side cover R Taptite bind B M4x12 2 0.80.1(81)
Dress cover R Taptite bind B M4x12 1 0.80.1(81)
Fan cover Taptite bind B M4x12 1 0.80.1(81)
Ground haharness (ADF se
sensor hha
arness) Taptite cu
cup S M3x8 S
SRR 1 0.60.1(61)
ADF unit (hinge) Taptite bind B M4x12 2 0.80.1(81)
Handle cover Taptite bind B M3x10 1 0.50.1(51)
Lower chute support plate Taptite bind B M3x10 2 0.50.1(51)
Lower document chute ASSY Taptite bind B M3x10 4 0.50.1(51)
Document sponge Taptite bind B M3x10 1 0.50.1(51)
Document separate roller holder ASSY Taptite bind B M3x10 1 0.50.1(51)
Panel unit Taptite bind B M4x12 2 0.650.05(6.50.5)
Document cover (hinge)
Taptite pan B M4x14 2 0.80.1(81)
(only for models without ADF unit)
Scanner top cover (with ADF unit) Taptite bind B M4x12 2 0.80.1(81)
ASSY (without ADF unit) Taptite bind B M4x12 4 0.80.1(81)
Taptite bind B M4x12 4 0.80.05(80.5)
Taptite cup S M3x8 SR 2 0.60.1(61)
Low voltage shield plate Screw pan (S/P washer)
1 0.450.05(4.50.5)
M3.5x6
Ground harness Screw pan (S/P washer)
1 0.450.05(4.50.5)
(Low voltage power supply PCB unit) M3.5x6
High voltage power supply PCB ASSY Taptite bind B M4x12 2 0.80.1(81)
Upper modem shield plate Taptite pan B M4x12 DA 1 0.80.1(81)
(only for models with modem PCB) Taptite cup S M3x8 SR 1 0.60.1(61)
Lower modem shield plate Screw pan (S/P washer)
2 0.450.05(4.50.5)
(only for models with modem PCB) M3.5x6
Screw pan (S/P washer)
SDAA shield plate 1 0.450.05(4.50.5)
M3.5x6
(only for models with modem PCB)
Taptite bind B M4x12 1 0.80.1(81)
Modem PCB ASSY
Taptite cup S M3x8 SR 2 0.60.1(61)
(only for models with modem PCB)
 
Main PCB ASSY (with modem PCB) Taptite cup S M3x8 SR 4 0.6 0.1(6 1)
(without modem PCB) Taptite cup S M3x8 SR 5 0.60.1(61)
Main shield plate Taptite bind B M4x12 2 0.80.1(81)
Top cover lock Taptite cup B M3x8 1 0.50.1(51)
Side cover L Taptite bind B M4x12 3 0.80.1(81)
Dress cover L Taptite bind B M4x12 1 0.80.1(81)
Handset holder
Taptite bind B M4x12 3 0.80.1(81)
(only for models with handset)
Lower handset holder
Taptite cup B M3x8 1 0.50.1(51)
(only for models with handset)
Fuser unit Taptite pan B M4x14 2 0.80.1(81)
Insulation roof Taptite pan B M3x8 1 0.40.05(40.5)
Back cover Taptite bind B M4x12 4 0.80.1(81)
Front cover Taptite bind B M4x12 4 0.80.1(81)
Laser unit Taptite cup S M3x8 SR 3 0.80.1(81)
Paper feed/paper printing position
Taptite bind B M3x10 1 0.50.1(51)
sensor PCB ASSY
Drive sub ASSY Taptite bind B M4x12 4 0.80.1(81)
 2-2 Confidential

3. LUBRICATION

There are no parts that require lubrication.

4. OVERVIEW OF
OF GE
GEARS
Frame L
1

4
3

5
6

7
8

10

12 11

Fig. 2-2

<Name of gears>
1 LY8038 Fuser gear 22 7 LY8066 Feeder gear 17/32/26
2 LY8039 Ejector gear 17/18 8 LY8079 Feeder gear 29
3 LY8050 Fuser gear 20/35 pendulum 9 LY8080 T1 gear 20
4 LY8055 Fuser gear 36 10 LY8063 T1 gear sector
5 LY8067 Drum gear 18/41 11 LY8065 Plate down cam
6 LY8068 Feeder gear 30 pendulum 12 LY8062 T1 idle gear
 2-3 Confidential

ADF

14
15

13
16

Fig. 2-3

<Name of gears>
13 LEH086 Separate roller gear 42 15 LEH087 Gear 61
14 LEH085 LF1 roller gear 44 16 LEH084 LF2 roller gear
 2-4 Confidential

5. HARNESS ROUTING

Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit
1 (DCP-15** series without fan, MFC-18** series without fan)

Heater harness (WH)

Back cover
Document scanner
motor harness (WH)
CIS flat cable
Fuser unit

Main PCB ASSY Panel flat cable

ADF sensor harness

(RD, WH)

Main PCB ASSY

ADF sensor
harness (RD, WH)
Paper feed/paper Document scanner
printing position motor harness (WH) Ground
Speaker harness
sensor PCB CIS flat cable (BR)
harness (BK, GY, harness
PU, GR, BR) (RD, BK)
(only for Panel
Center thermistor
Main PCB ASSY flat cable
harness (WH) MFC models)
Polygon motor
harness (WH) Guides

Hook

Guides Hook harness

(BK) (only for
Ground harness models with
Laser unit handset)
(GR) flat cable
Low voltage PCB Motor encoder
harness (WH) PCB flat cable

Low voltage power Ground harness Hook

supply PCB unit (GR) Guides

Heater harness (WH) Modem PCB ASSY AC cord

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-5 Confidential

Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit
2
(DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-18** series with fan)

Heater harness (WH)

Back cover
Document scanner
motor harness (WH)
Fuser unit CIS flat cable

Main PCB ASSY Sponge Panel flat cable

ADF sensor harness

(RD, WH)
Main PCB ASSY
Guide
ADF sensor
harness (RD, WH)
Paper feed/paper Document scanner
motor harness (WH) Ground
printing position
sensor PCB Speaker harness
CIS flat cable (BR)
harness (BK, GY, harness
PU, GR, BR) (RD, BK)
(only for Panel
Center thermistor Sponge flat cable
harness (WH) MFC models)
Polygon motor
harness (WH) Guides
Main PCB
ASSY
Hook

Fan harness
(BK)

Guides
Hook harness
(BK) (only for
Ground harness models with
Laser unit handset)
(GR) flat cable
Low voltage PCB Motor encoder
harness (WH) PCB flat cable

Low voltage power Ground harness Hook

supply PCB unit (GR) Guides
Heater harness (WH) Modem PCB ASSY AC cord

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-6 Confidential

Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit
3
(DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series)

Heater harness (WH)

Back cover
Document scanner
motor harness (WH)
Fuser unit Panel flat cable

Main PCB ASSY Sponge CIS flat cable

Center thermistor
harness (WH)

Main PCB ASSY

Guide
ADF sensor harness
(RD, WH)
Document scanner
motor harness (WH) Ground
Paper feed/paper
position printing
sensor PCB harness Wireless LAN PCB harness (GR)
(BK, GY, PU, GR, BR)
CIS flat cable
Center thermistor
Panel
Side thermistor harness (WH) Sponge flat cable
harness (WH)

Polygon motor
harness (WH) Guides

Main PCB ASSY

Hook

Motor encoder
PCB flat cable
Speaker
Laser unit Guides harness (RD,
flat cable BK) (only for
MFC models)
Ground
harness Hook harness (BK)
(GR) (only for models Fan harness (BK)
Low voltage PCB with handset)
harness (WH)

Low voltage power Ground harness Hook

supply PCB unit (GR) Guides
Heater harness (WH) Modem PCB ASSY AC cord

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-7 Confidential

4 ADF sensor harness (document scanning position sensor)

Hook

Hooks
ADF sensor PCB ASSY
(document scanning
position sensor)

Guides Guide

Ground
harness

ADF sensor harness (RD, WH)

Guide

5 ADF sensor harness (document detection sensor)

ADF sensor PCB ASSY

(document detection sensor) Guides

Guides

Hook

Hooks

ADF sensor harness (WH)

Guide

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-8 Confidential

6 Document scanner unit

Document scanner motor harness (WH) Core

Hole

Hook
CIS flat cable
Document scanner motor

CIS unit

7 Panel flat cable

Hole

Panel flat cable

Guide

Panel PCB ASSY

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-9 Confidential

8 Hook PCB harness (only for models with handset) (side cover L)

Guide

Hook PCB harness (BK)

Hole
Hole

Guide

9 Hook PCB harness (only for models with handset) (lower handset holder)

Hook PCB harness (BK)

Hook PCB ASSY

Hole

Guide

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-10 Confidential

10 Hook harness (only for models with handset) (back cover)

Guide

Hole

Hole

Guide

Hook harness (BK)

11 Laser unit / motor encoder PCB ASSY

Laser unit
Guides
Motor encoder PCB flat cable
Guide

Guide Guides

Guide

Motor encoder Polygon motor Laser unit flat cable

Main motor harness (RD, BK) PCB ASSY harness (WH)
New toner sensor PCB
Pick-up solenoid harness (BK)
harness (RD, GR, WH)

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-11 Confidential

12 Eject sensor PCB ASSY

Hooks
Eject sensor PCB ASSY

Paper feed/paper printing

position sensor PCB ASSY

Eject sensor PCB harness

(BR, GY, BK)

13 Paper feed/paper printing position sensor PCB ASSY

Paper feed/paper printing position sensor

Main PCB ASSY
PCB harness (BK, GY, PU, GR, BR) Hooks

Guides

Paper feed/paper printing

position sensor PCB ASSY

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-12 Confidential

14 New toner sensor PCB ASSY / pick-up solenoid

Hooks

Pick-up solenoid New toner sensor New toner sensor PCB harness
PCB ASSY (RD, GR, WH)
Pick-up solenoid harness (BK)

15 Fan (only for models with fan) / speaker harness (side cover R ASSY)

Fan
Speaker harness
(RD, BK)
(only for MFC models)

Side cover R ASSY

Guide

Fan harness (BK) Speaker

(only for models
with fan)

Harness colors are subject to change for some reason.

 2-13 Confidential

6. DIS
DISASS
SSE
EMBLY FLO
LOW
W CH
CHA
ART

Disassembly / Reassembly (second)

7.3.2 Document
stopper 7.3.3 ADF cover 7.2 Dress cover R 7.11 Paper stopper 7.11 Paper stopper 2 7.12 Dress cover L
5/5 5/5 15/10 5/5 5/5 5/5

7.16 Tray cover ASSY

5/5

7.2 Side cover R / Fan

(only for models with
fan)
15/15

7.6 Low voltage shield 7.8 Modem PCB ASSY 7.4 Document scanner
plate / Low voltage (only for models with unit
PCB insulation sheet modem PCB) 20/30
35/40 100/100

7.7 High voltage power 7.3 ADF unit (only for 7.4.1 CIS unit / CIS flat
supply PCB ASSY models with ADF unit) cable 7.11 Top cover lock 7.5 Panel unit
20/20 35/35 100/100 10/10 75/90

7.9 Wireless LAN PCB 7.3.5 Document cover

7.3.1 Hinge support
(only for models with
wireless LAN) 5/10 5/5
5/5
7.11 Top cover ASSY 7.12 Side cover L
20/20 30/30
7.3.6 Lower chute
7.10 Main PCB ASSY 7.3.4 Handle cover support plate
45/60 20/20 20/20

7.6 Low voltage power

supply PCB unit 7.3.6 Document cover 7.15 Back cover 7.17 Front cover
25/30 60/40 50/50 20/20

7.3.6 Lower document 7.20 Eject sensor PCB 7.13 Handset holder
chute ASSY 7.3.7 LF1 roller gear 44 ASSY (only for models with
0/0 * 5/5 15/15 handset)
50/50

7.3.7 Document 7.21 Paper feed/paper

separate roller holder printing position sensor
ASSY PCB ASSY
20/15 30/40

7.14 Fuser unit 7.22 Drive sub ASSY 7.17 Laser unit cover
50/60 30/50 10/10

7.22 New toner sensor

7.18 Laser unit
PCB ASSY
30/40 55/75

7.19 Motor encoder

PCB ASSY
10/10

* The lower do
document
cument chute
chute ASSY and the document
document cover can be rem
removed
oved at once.
Therefore, it shows “0/0”.
 2-14 Confidential

7. DI
DIS
SASS
SSE
EMBLY PROC
OCED
EDU
URE

7.1 Preparation
 Disconnecting Cable and Removing Accessories
Prior to proceeding with the disassembly procedure,

(1) Discon
Disconnec
nectt the fol
follow
lowing
ing::
• US
USB B cabl
cable
e (if
(if conn
connec
ected
ted))
• Tel
elep
epho
hone
ne li
line
ne
• Cur
urlled cord
(2
(2)) Remo
Remove
ve the
the fol
follo
lowi
wing
ng::
• Toner
oner cartr
cartridg
idge
e and
and drum
drum u
unit
nit
• Handset
• Paper rear guide 3 (DCP-16**
(DCP-16** series,
series, MFC-19**
MFC-19** series)
series)

Handset
Toner cartridge and drum unit

Paper rear guide 3

USB cable

Curled cord

Telephone line

Fig. 2-4
 2-15 Confidential

7.2
7.2 Si
Side
de co
cove
verr R / F
Fan
an (onl
(only
y ffor
or mo
mode
dels
ls wi
with
th fa
fan)
n)
(1) Remove
Remove the two taptite
taptite bind
bind B M
M4x12
4x12 "A" screws.
screws.
(2) Remove
Remove the three boss
boss bushings
bushings of the side
side cover
cover R. Pull out the
the three ttabs
abs and release
release
the four hooks on the bottom. Disconnect the speaker harness (only for MFC models) and
the fan harness (only for models with fan) from tthe
he main PCB ASSY
AS SY,, and remove the side
cover R from the machine.

(3) from
Remove
Remov e side
the the taptite
taptite bind
cover R. B M4x12
M4x12 screw,
screw, and relea
release
se the hook to
to remove the d
dress
ress cover
cover R

Taptite bind B M4x12 Fan harness

Dress cover R (only for models with fan)

Speaker harness
(only for MFC models)

Hook
Main PCB ASSY
Taptite bind B
M4x12 "A"
Boss
bushing

Taptite bind B
M4x12 "A"
Tab

Boss
bushings

Hooks Tabs

Side cover R
Fig. 2-5

Harness routing: Refer to “2. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-18** series with fan)”
fan) ”, “3. Frame R / main PCB
ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit (DCP-16** series, MFC-19**
MFC-19 ** series)”
series)”
and “15
15.. Fan (only for models with fan) / speaker harness (side cover R ASSY)”
ASSY) ”.
 2-16 Confidential

(4) Remove
Remove the speaker
speaker hold spring
spring from the side
side cover R. Remove
Remove the speaker
speaker from the sid
side
e
cover R, and release the speaker harness from the securing fixtures (only for MFC
models).
(5) Remove
Remove the taptite
taptite bind B M4x12
M4x12 screw,
screw, and release
release the each hook
hook to remo
remove
ve the fan
cover from the side cover R. Release the fan harness from the securing fixtures, and
remove the fan from the side cover R (only for models with fan).

Taptite bind B M4x12

(only for models with fan) Fan cover
(only for models with fan)

Hook

Fan (only for models with fan)

Hook

Fan harness
Speaker hold spring
(only for MFC models)

Speaker
(only for MFC models)

Speaker harness

Side cover R

Fig. 2-6

Harness routing: Refer to “15

15.. Fan (only for models with fan) / speaker harness (side cover R
ASSY)””.
ASSY)

(6) Close the top cover ASSY and the document

document scanner
scanner unit.
 2-17 Confidential

7.
7.3
3 AD
ADF
Fuuni
nitt (o
(onl
nly
y ffor
or mo
mode
dels
ls wi
with
th AD
ADF
Fuuni
nit)
t)
(1
(1)) Open
Open th
the
e ADF
ADF un
unit
it..
(2) Disconnect
Disconnect the
the ADF sensor
sensor harness
harness from
from the main
main PCB ASSY
ASSY.
(3) Remove the
the taptite
taptite cup S M3x8
M3x8 SR screw to release
release the
the ground harness
harness of the
the ADF sens
sensor
or
harness.
(4) Pull out the ADF sensor
sensor harness
harness from
from the hole of the
the machi
machine.
ne.
(5) Remove the
the two taptite
taptite bind
bind B M4x12 screws
screws to remove
remove the ADF u
unit
nit from th
the
e machin
machine.
e.

ADF unit

Taptite bind B M4x12

ADF sensor harness

Hole

Ground harness

Taptite cup S M3x8 SR

ADF sensor harness

Main PCB ASSY

Fig. 2-7

Harness routing: Refer to “1. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-15** series without fan, MFC-18** series without fan)”
fan) ”, “2. Frame R / main
PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit (DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-
18** series with fan)”
fan)” and “3. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series)”
series) ”.
 2-18 Confidential

7.3.1 Hinge
(1) Remove
Remove the hinge
hinge by
by tilting
tilting it 120 degrees.
degrees. (2 locations)
locations)

Hinges

Hinge

120°

ADF unit

Fig. 2-8

7.3
7.3.2 Docum
ocumen
entt stop
topper
per
(1) Release
Release the two bosses
bosses of the
the document
document stopper
stopper to remove itit from the ADF
ADF unit.

Boss Document stopper

ADF unit

Boss

Fig. 2-9
 2-19 Confidential

7.3.3 ADF cover

(1) Release
Release the two
two bosses
bosses of the ADF
ADF cover
cover to remove
remove it from
from the ADF unit.

Boss ADF cover

Boss

ADF unit

Fig. 2-10

7.3.4 Handle co
cover
(1) Remove the taptite
taptite bind
bind B M3x10
M3x10 screw from the back si
side
de of th
the
e ADF unit.
unit.
(2) Release
Release the two
two hooks to remove
remove the handle
handle cover
cover from the ADF unit.
unit.

ADF unit
Hook

Taptite bind B
M3x10

Handle cover

Hook
Fig. 2-11
 2-20 Confidential

7.
7.3.
3.5
5 Docu
Docum
ment
ent c
cov
over
er supp
suppor
ortt
(1) Remove
Remove the document
document cover support
support from the
the ADF unit
unit by slidi
sliding
ng it to the di
directio
rection
n of the
arrow.

Document cover support

ADF unit

Fig. 2-12

7.3.6 Document co
cover
(1
(1)) Flip
Flip ove
overr the
the ADF
ADF unit
unit..
(2) Remove
Remove the two taptite
taptite bind
bind B M3x10 screws
screws to remove
remove the lower
lower chute sup
support
port pla
plate
te from
the ADF unit.
(3) Release
Release the hook and
and boss while
while pushing the
the arm to the direction
direction of the arrow
arrow,, and remove
the document hold from the ADF unit.

Taptite bind B M3x10

Document hold

Hook

Lower chute support plate

Arm ADF unit

Boss

Fig. 2-13
 2-21 Confidential

(4) Remove
Remove the
the four tapti
taptite
te bind
bind B M3x10 scre
screws.
ws.

Assembling Note:
• When removing the document cover, the spring could come off by removing the screw. When
reassembling the document cover, make sure that the spring is assembled.

(5) Release
Release the hook tray
tray and the three
three hooks
hooks to remove
remove the document
document cover fr
from
om the lowe
lowerr
document chute ASSY.
ASSY.

Taptite bind B M3x10

Taptite bind B
Lower document chute ASSY M3x10

Spring

Hook

Hooks

Document cover

Hook tray
Fig. 2-14

(6) Remove
Remove the
the taptit
taptite
e bind B M3x10
M3x10 screw
screw..
(7) Lift and
and pull the front
front side
side of the reinforcing
reinforcing plate
plate to pull
pull out it from
from the hole.
(8) Peel it with
with th
the
e document
document sponge to the
the left.
left.

Reinforcing plate

Document sponge Hole

Taptite bind B M3x10

Fig. 2-15
 2-22 Confidential

7.3.7
7.3.7 Docum
Document
ent separa
separate
te rol
roller
ler holder
holder ASS
ASSY
Y
(1) Release
Release the hook to remove
remove the LF1
LF1 roller gear
gear 44 from the
the shaft
shaft of the lowe
lowerr document
document
chute ASSY.
(2) Pull out the
the separate
separate roller
roller gear 42 while
while pushing
pushing the hook of the
the docume
document
nt separate
separate roller
roller
holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow.
(3) Remove the
the taptite
taptite bind B M3x10
M3x10 screw to
to remove the
the document
document separate
separate roller
roller holder
ASSY from the lower document chute ASSY.

Separate roller gear 42 Document separate roller holder ASSY

Hook Taptite bind B M3x10

Lower document chute ASSY

Separate roller gear 42

LF1 roller gear 44

Hook

Fig. 2-16
 2-23 Confidential

7.4 Document scanner unit / Document cover (only

(o nly for models without ADF unit)
(1) Open
Open the docume
documentnt scan
scanner
ner unit
unit..
(2) Disconnect
Disconnect the CIS
CIS flat cable,
cable, the document
document scanner
scanner motor
motor harness,
harness, and the panel
panel flat
cable from the main PCB ASSY,
ASSY, then pull out the CIS flat cable from the hole.
(3) Release
Release the hook ofof the pull-arm,
pull-arm, and remove
remove it from
from the document
document sca scanner
nner uni
unit.
t.
(4) Open the
the document
document scanner
scanner unit
unit 90 degrees
degrees and remove
remove itit by pul
pulling
ling it up.
(5) Remove
Remove the two taptite
taptite bind
bind B M4x12 screws.
screws. Release
Release the ffourour hook
hooks s of the panel
panel unit.
Disconnect the panel flat cable from the panel PCB ASSY to remove the panel unit from
the document scanner unit.
(6) Remove the
the two taptite
taptite pan B M4x14
M4x14 screws
screws to remove
remove the document
document covcover
er from the
document scanner unit (only for models without ADF unit).
(7) Remove the
the hinge from
from the document
document cover
cover by tilting
tilting it 120 deg
degrees
rees (only
(only for models
models
without ADF unit). (2 locations)

Panel flat cable Panel PCB ASSY

Panel unit Hooks Hinges (only for models

without ADF unit)
Taptite bind B M4x12

Document
scanner unit
Document
cover
(only for
models
without
ADF unit)

90°

Taptite pan B M4x14

(only for models without ADF unit)

Document Hook Pull-arm

scanner unit
Hole
120°
Document scanner
Pull-arm
motor harness

CIS flat cable

Main PCB ASSY Panel flat cable

Fig. 2-17

Harness routing: Refer to “1. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-15** series without fan, MFC-18** series without fan)”
fan) ”, “2. Frame R / main
PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit (DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-
18** series with fan)”
fan)”, “3. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit /
fuser unit (DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series)”
series)” and “7. Panel flat cable”
cable”.

Assembling Note:
replacement, refer to "3. IF YOU REPLACE THE DOCUMENT SCANNER UNIT
• After the replacement,
OR CIS UNIT" in chapter 3 to enter the adjusted value of the laser unit.
 2-24 Confidential

7.
7.4.
4.1
1 CIS
CIS uni
unitt / CI
CIS
S fla
flatt cab
cable
le
(1) Remove
Remove the two (four
(four for models
models without
without ADF unit) taptite
taptite bind
bind B M4x12 s
screws
crews to rremove
emove
the scanner top cover ASSY from the document scanner unit.
(2) Remove
Remove the CIS roller
roller holder
holder L ASSY and the CIS
CIS roller ho
holder
lder R ASSY from
from the CIS unit.
unit.
(3) Open the
the CIS unit 130
130 degrees and
and slide it to
to the directions
directions of the
the arrow 3a a
and
nd 3b to
remove it from the CIS carriage ASSY.

(4) Disconnect
Disconnect the CIS
CIS flat
flat cable
cable from
from the CIS unit.
unit.
(5) Release
Release the CIS flat
flat cable from
from the securing
securing fixtures,
fixtures, an
and
d remove itit from the document
document
scanner unit.

Taptite bind B M4x12

(only for models without
ADF unit) Taptite bind B M4x12
Scanner top
cover ASSY

CIS roller holder R ASSY

CIS flat cable

CIS roller holder L ASSY

CIS flat cable

ADF bevel
gear ASSY 130°
3a

3b

CIS unit
Document scanner unit

CIS carriage ASSY

Fig. 2-18

Harness routing: Refer to “6. Document scanner unit”

unit” and “7. Panel flat cable”
cable”.

Assembling Note:
• After the replacement,
replacement, refer to "3. IF YOU REPLACE THE DOCUMENT SCANNER UNIT
OR CIS UNIT" in chapter 3 to enter the adjusted value of the laser unit.
• When remov
removing
ing the scanner
scanner top cover,
cover, ADF bevel gear ASSY will
will come off
off.. When
assembling the scanner top cover, make sure that the ADF bevel gear ASSY is
assembled.
 2-25 Confidential

Assembling Note:
• When reconn
reconnecting
ecting the CIS flat cable,
cable, attach and fold the doub
double-sid
le-sided
ed tape as shown in
the figure below.

 Location of the double-sided tape

Attach within the metal stamping mark

Attach within the frame

Double-sided tape Double-sided tape

Double-sided tape

Document scanner unit

CIS carriage ASSY

Attach within the metal stamping mark

Fig. 2-19

 How to fold the CIS flat cable

Electrode plane Insulation tape Electrode plane

To be connected To be connected to
45° 45°
to CIS unit main PCB ASSY
110 mm
18 mm

35 mm

53 mm 128 mm 182 mm

Mountain fold
Valley fold
Fig. 2-20
 2-26 Confidential

 CIS flat cable routing

CIS flat cable

Insert the CIS flat cable.

Push against the right wall.

CIS flat
cable Double-sided
tape
CIS flat cable
CIS unit

CIS carriage Core

Attach the core to

Attach the CIS flat cable Attach the CIS flat
flat cable to the
to the double-sided tape Double-sided the double-sided tape. double-sided tape while aligning
while pushing it against tape it to the metal stamping mark
the left wall. (the metal stamping mark must
be visible).

Fig. 2-21
 2-27 Confidential

7.5 Panel unit

(1) Release
Release the four (three
(three for models
models without
without ADF unit)
unit) hooks
hooks to remove
remove the panel
panel PCB
ASSY from the panel cover.
(2) Release
Release the connector
connector lock, and disconne
disconnect
ct the LCD flat cable
cable from the panel
panel PCB ASSY.
ASSY.
(3) Remove the
the rubber key
key L (only for
for MFC models)
models) and rubber
rubber key R from
from the panel
panel cover
cover..
(4) Release
Release the two hooks
hooks to remove
remove the LCD cover from
from the panel
panel cover
cover..
(5) Release
Release the two
two hooks to remove
remove the LCD from the LCD cover
cover..
(6) Remove the LCD
LCD sheet
sheet fr
from
om the panel cover.
cover.

Connector lock
LCD flat cable

Panel PCB ASSY

Rubber key R

Rubber key L
(only for MFC models)
LCD

Hooks
Hooks
LCD
cover

Hooks

Hook

Panel cover Hook

(only for MFC models)

LCD sheet

Fig. 2-22

Assembling Note:
• After the replacement, refer to "5. IF YOU REPLACE THE PANEL
replacement, PANEL UNIT" in chapter 3 to
enter the adjusted value of the laser unit.
 2-28 Confidential

7.
7.6
6 Lo
Low
wvvol
olttag
age
eppow
ower
er su
supp
pply
ly PC
PCB
Buuni
nitt

Note:
• Do not pull out the low voltage
voltage PCB harness forcefully,
forcefully, to avoid it coming into cont
contact
act with
the high voltage power supply PCB ASSY.
ASSY. Remove the high voltage power supply PCB
ASSY first to avoid it getting damaged.

(1) Remove
Remove the four taptite
taptite bind
bind B M4x12
M4x12 screws,
screws, the two taptite
taptite c
cup
up S M3x8 SR s
screws,
crews, a
and
nd
the screw pan (S/P washer) M3.5x6 screw to remove the low voltage shield plate and the
low voltage PCB insulation sheet.

Assembling Note:
• Make sure to attac
attachh insulati
insulation
on sheet. Failure
Failure to attach the insulation
insulation sheet can result
result
in fire or electrical shock.

High voltage power

supply PCB ASSY

Low voltage shield plate

Taptite cup S M3x8 SR

Low voltage PCB

insulation sheet

Taptite bind B M4x12 Taptite cup S M3x8 SR

Screw pan (S/P washer) M3.5x6

Fig. 2-23
 2-29 Confidential

(2) Remove
Remove the screw pan
pan (S/P washer)
washer) M3.5x6
M3.5x6 screw to release
release the
the ground harness.
harness.
(3) Remove
Remove the low voltage
voltage power
power supply PCB unit from the machine
machine..
(4) Disconnect
Disconnect the heater
heater harness
harness and the
the low voltage
voltage PCB harness
harness from the
the low vol
voltage
tage
power supply PCB unit.
(5) Release
Release the hook
hook to remove the bushing
bushing from the
the machine.
machine.

Low voltage PCB harness

Rib

Notch
Rib
Low voltage power Heater harness
supply PCB unit
Notch Hook
Ground harness
Screw pan (S/P washer) M3.5x6

Bushing
Fig. 2-24

Harness routing: Refer to “1. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-15** series without fan, MFC-18** series without fan)”
fan) ”, “2. Frame R / main
PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit (DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-

18** series with fan)”

fan)” and “3. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB
P CB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series)”
series) ”.

Assembling Note:
• When assem
assembling
bling the low
low voltage
voltage power supply
supply PCB unit, engage
engage the two notch
notches
es of the
PCB with the two ribs of the machine.
replacement, refer to "4. IF YOU REPLACE THE LOW VOLT
• After the replacement, VOLTAGE
AGE POWER
SUPPLY PCB UNIT" in chapter 3 to configure each setting.
 2-30 Confidential

7.
7.7
7 High
High vo
volt
ltag
age
eppow
ower
er su
supp
pply
ly PC
PCB
BAASS
SSY
Y
(1) Disconnect
Disconnect the
the high voltage
voltage PCB flat
flat cable from
from the main PCB
PCB ASSY.
ASSY.

Note:
• After dis
disconnec
connecting
ting the flat cable,
cable, check
check that the cable is not damaged
damaged at the end or
short-circuited. When connecting the flat cable, do not insert it at an angle. After
insertion, check that the cable is not at an angle.

(2) Remove
Remove the
the two tapti
taptite
te bind
bind B M4x12 scre
screws.
ws.
(3) Remove
Remove the two hooks
hooks to remove
remove the high voltage
voltage power
power supply
supply PCB ASSY from
from the
machine.

Main PCB ASSY

High voltage power

supply PCB ASSY

High voltage
PCB flat cable

Hooks

Taptite bind B M4x12

Fig. 2-25

Assembling Note:
• When removing the high voltage power supply PCB ASSY,
ASSY, electrode or electrode springs
will come off. When assembling the high voltage power supply PCB ASSY, make sure that
the electrode and electrode springs are assembled.
• Attach it by en
engaging
gaging the
the slits of the electrode
electrode with
with the ribs of the machine.
machine.
• Make sure ththat
at the spring is inserted
inserted fully
fully into the end of the electrode
electrode..
• When assemb
assembling
ling the high voltage
voltage power supply
supply PCB ASSY,
ASSY, make sure that the toner
cartridge and the drum unit have been removed. They could twist the electrode.

Slit

Electrode

Ribs Slit

Electrode springs Electrode

Spring
Fig. 2-26
 2-31 Confidential

7.8
7.8 Mo
Mode
dem
m PC
PCB
BAASS
SSY
Y (o
(onl
nly
y fo
forr m
mod
odel
els
s wi
with
th m
mod
odem
em PC
PCB)
B)
(1) Disconnect
Disconnect the
the modem PCB flat cable from
from the main
main PCB ASSY.

Note:
• After dis
disconnec
connecting
ting the flat cable,
cable, check
check that the cable is not damaged
damaged at its end or
short-circuited. When connecting the flat cable, do not insert it at an angle. After
insertion, check that the cable is not at an angle.

(2) Remove
Remove the taptite
taptite pan B M4x12
M4x12 DA screw
screw and the taptite
taptite cup
cup S M3x8 SR scr
screw
ew to
remove the upper modem shield plate from the machine.
(3) Remove
Remove the two screw
screw pan (S/P
(S/P washer) M3.5x6
M3.5x6 screws
screws to rem
remove
ove the lower
lower modem
shield plate from the machine.
(4) Remove
Remove the screw pan
pan (S/P washer)
washer) M3.5x6
M3.5x6 and the taptite
taptite bind
bind B M4x12 sc
screw
rew to
remove the SDAA shield plate from the machine.
(5) Remove the SDAA
SDAA shield
shield cover
cover HS from
from the SDAA shield
shield p
plate.
late.
(6) Remove
Remove the two taptite
taptite cup
cup S M3x8 SR screws
screws to remove
remove the mod
modem
em PCB ASSY and th
the
e
SDAA insulation sheet from the SDAA shield plate.

Main PCB ASSY Main PCB

insulation sheet

Upper modem
shield plate

Modem PCB
Main shield plate flat cable
Taptite cup S M3x8 SR

Taptite pan B M4x12 DA

Upper modem
shield plate

Taptite cup S SDAA shield plate

M3x8 SR "A"

SDAA insulation sheet

Lower modem
shield plate Modem PCB ASSY

SDAA shield cover HS

Taptite bind B M4x12
Screw pan (S/P washer)
M3.5x6 Screw pan (S/P washer) M3.5x6
Fig. 2-27

Assembling Note:

• Be caref
careful
ul not to
to assemble
assemble with
with wrong screws
screws..
• Secure the mai
mainn PCB insulation
insulation sheet and the upper modem
modem shield plat
plate
e with the screw "A".
• Make sure to att
attach
ach insulation sheet. Failure to attach the insulation
insulation sheet can result iin
n fire
or electrical shock.
 2-32 Confidential

7.9
7.9 Wi
Wire
rele
less
ss L
LAN
AN P
PCB
CB ((on
only
ly ffor
or m
mod
odel
els
s wi
with
th w
wir
irel
eles
ess
s LA
LAN)
N)
(1) Remove the
the tape on the
the wireless
wireless LAN PCB,
PCB, and disc
disconnect
onnect the
the wirele
wireless
ss LAN PCB from
from
the main PCB ASSY.
(2) Remove
Remove the
the gasket
gasket fr
from
om the wire
wireles
less
s LAN PC
PCB.
B.

Wireless LAN PCB

Tape Hook

The gasket was removed from

the product around July 2019
due to design changes.
Since then, the gasket will not
be mounted to the product
when it has been out of stock.

Gasket
Wireless LAN PCB

Tape

Main PCB ASSY

Fig. 2-28

Assembling Note:
• When conn
connecting
ecting the wireles
wireless
s LAN PCB, hang the wireless
wireless LAN
LAN PCB to the hook on
the machine, and connect the wireless LAN PCB to the main PCB ASSY.
• When attac
attaching
hing the gasket
gasket to the wireless LAN PCB, attach
attach it to the position shown
shown
below. At the same time, the double-sided adhesive tape needs to be replaced with a
new one.
• When asse
assembling
mbling the wireless
wireless LAN
LAN PCB, remove the all
all tapes on the
the wireles
wireless
s LAN
PCB. Also, do not attach a tape. These tapes are for securing the wireless LAN PCB
during the shipping, not required for usage. These tapes are special tape and using
other tapes may cause short circuit between terminals.

Wireless LAN PCB Wireless LAN PCB

LT3808001 LT3652001
LD1969001
LD1942001

0 to 1.0 mm Gasket 0 to 0.5 mm

0 to 2.0 mm 0 to 2.0 mm
Gasket
Fig. 2-29
 2-33 Confidential

7.1
7.10 Ma
Main
in PC
PCB
B ASS
SSY
Y
(1) Remove
Remove the bottom
bottom of the
the main PCB
PCB insulation
insulation sheet
sheet and p
peel
eel it.
(2) Disconnect
Disconnect all
all harnesses
harnesses and flat
flat cables from
from the main
main PCB ASSY.
ASSY.

Polygon motor harness

Low voltage PCB harness

Main PCB insulation sheet

Center thermistor harness

Side thermistor harness

(DCP-16** series,
MFC-19** series only)

Motor encoder PCB flat cable

Laser unit flat cable

Main PCB ASSY

Paper feed/paper printing

position sensor PCB harness Hook harness
(only for models with handset)
Fig. 2-30

Harness routing: Refer to “1. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-15** series without fan, MFC-18** series without fan)”
fan) ”, “2. Frame R / main
PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit (DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-
18** series with fan)”
fan)” and “3. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCBP CB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series)”
series) ”.

Note:
• After disc
disconnect
onnecting
ing the flat cables,
cables, check that each cable
cable is not damaged at its end or
short-circuited. When connecting the flat cables, do not insert them at an angle. After
insertion, check that the cables are not at an angle.
 2-34 Confidential

(3) Remove the four (five for models without modem

modem PC
PCB)
B) taptite cup
cup S M3x8
M3x8 SR screws
screws to rem
remove
ove
the ground harness, the main PCB ASSY, and the main PCB insulation sheet from the machine.
(4) Remove the two taptite
taptite bind B M4x
M4x12
12 screws
screws to remove the main shield
shield plate from the
the machine.
machine.

Main PCB insulation sheet

(for models with insulation sheet
on the main PCB USB port)

Taptite bind B M4x12

Main PCB ASSY

For models without

insulation sheet on the
Ground harness main PCB USB port
Main
shield
plate

or
Taptite cup S M3x8 SR Insulation sheet
Main PCB
insulation sheet For models with
Taptite cup S M3x8 SR "A" (for models
(only for models without modem PCB) insulation sheet
without insulation on the main PCB
sheet on the main PCB USB port) USB port

Fig. 2-31

Note:
• There are two kinds of main PCB insinsulatio
ulation
n sheets. For models
models with the insulat
insulation
ion sheet
attached to the main PCB USB port, there is no need to tighten the main PCB insulation
sheet together with the screw at the bottom of the rear side.
• Make sure tha
thatt the main PCB ASSY is secured
secured by screw
screwss when connec
connecting
ting or
disconnecting harnesses and flat cables.

Assembling Note:
• Attac
Attachh the main PCB insulation
insulation sheet
sheet and the main PCB ASSY in the orderorder as shown in
the figure above.
• For models witwithout
hout ADF,
ADF, secure the main PCB insulation
insulation sheet and the main PCB ASSY
with the screw "A".
• After the replacement,
replacement, refer to "1. IF YOU REPLACE THE MAIN PCB ASSY" in chapter 3
to configure each setting.
• Make sure to att
attach
ach insulation sheet. Failure to attach the insulation sheet can result in fire
or electrical shock.
 2-35 Confidential

Assembling Note:
• Insert the fol
folding
ding section
section of the main PCB insulatio
insulation
n sheet into the gap
gap between the
the USB
connector and the main shield plate.

<View from the front bottom side> Folding section

Main shield plate

Main PCB insulation sheet

USB connector

Main PCB ASSY

Fig. 2-32
 2-36 Confidential

7.1
7.11 Top cov
over
er ASS
SSY
Y
(1) Remove
Remove the taptite
taptite cup B M3x8
M3x8 screw to remove
remove the top
top cover loc
lock
k from the machine.
machine.
(2) Open
Open tthe
he top cover
cover ASSY
ASSY..
(3) Bend the boss
boss bushing
bushing on the develop
develop joint
joint link inward
inward to rem
remove
ove it from
from the guide rrail
ail on
the top cover ASSY.
(4) Open the top
top cover ASSY about
about 30 degrees
degrees and remove
remove the boss
boss on the ararm
m side of the
top cover ASSY by pushing it to the direction of the arrow 4a. Slide the top cover ASSY to
the direction of the arrow 4b to remove the boss on the other side, and remove it by pulling
up.

Note:
• Opening top co
cover
ver ASSY more than 30 degrees
degrees could make
make rib of the top cover
ASSY coming in contact with the fuser unit, resulting in damage.

(5) Remove the paper

paper stopper
stopper from the
the top cover ASSY
ASSY..
(6) Remove
Remove the paper
paper stopper
stopper 2 from the top cover ASSY.
ASSY.

Paper stopper

Guide rail

Paper stopper 2
Laser shutter arm boss
Boss bushing
Boss Top cover ASSY

4b Arm

Boss

4a

Boss

Guide rail

Develop joint link

Taptite cup B M3x8

Top cover lock

Fig. 2-33
 2-37 Confidential

7.12 Side cover L

(1) Open the pull-arm
pull-arm about
about 135 degrees
degrees and pull
pull it up to remove
remove it fro
from
m the side cover
cover L.
(2) Remove
Remove the three taptite
taptite bind
bind B M4x12 screws.
screws. Release
Release the
the three hook
hook bushings
bushings of the
side cover L. Pull out the three tabs and release the four hooks on the bottom. Disconnect
the hook PCB harness from the hook harness (only for models with handset), and remove
the side cover L from the machine.

(3) Remove the

the taptite
taptite bind B M4x12
M4x12 screw,
screw, and release
release the hook of
of the dress cover
cover L to
remove it from the side cover L.

Hook harness
(only for models
with handset)

Pull-arm 135°

Hook PCB harness

(only for models with handset)

Taptite bind B M4x12

Hook Taptite bind B

bushings M4x12
Dress cover L
Tabs
Taptite bind B M4x12
Hook

Hook bushing

Tab

Side cover L
Hooks
Fig. 2-34
 2-38 Confidential

7.13
7.13 Han
Handse
dsett hol
holder
der ((onl
only
y for m
mode
odels
ls wi
with
th ha
hands
ndset)
et)
(1) Remove
Remove the
the three
three taptit
taptite
e bind B M4x12
M4x12 screw
screws.
s.
(2) Release
Release the hook PCB harness
harness from th
the
e securing
securing fixtures
fixtures of the side cov
cover
er L. Releas
Release
e the
four hooks to remove the handset holder from the side cover L.
(3) Remove
Remove the taptite
taptite cup B M3x8 screw
screw.. Releas
Release
e the four ho
hooks
oks to rem
remove
ove the lower
lower
handset holder from the upper handset holder.
(4) Release
Release the hook to
to remove the
the hook PCB ASSY
ASSY from the lower
lower handset
handset holder,
holder, and
release the hook PCB harness from the securing fixtures.
(5) Release
Release the two hooks
hooks of the hook
hook actuator
actuator to remove
remove it from the
the hook PCB ASSY.

Taptite bind B
Side cover L M4x12

Upper handset holder

Hook actuator
Hooks
Hook
Hook Hook

Hooks Hook
Hooks
Hook PCB ASSY

Hook PCB harness

Hook

Taptite cup B M3x8

Lower handset holder
Hooks
Fig. 2-35

Harness routing: Refer to “8. Hook PCB harness (only for models with handset) (side cover L)”
L) ”
and “9. Hook PCB harness (only for models with handset) (lower handset holder)”
holder) ”.
 2-39 Confidential

7.14
.14 Fuser unit

WARNING:
• Some pa
parts
rts inside
inside the machine are extremely
extremely
hot immediately after the machine is used.
When opening the top cover or back cover to
access any parts inside the machine, never

touch the figures.

following shaded parts shown in the

(1) Remove
Remove the
the two tapti
taptite
te pan B M4x14
M4x14 screw
screws.
s.
(2) Remove the
the sponge onon the frame R,
R, and release
release the center
center therm
thermistor
istor harness
harness and side
side
thermistor harness (DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series only) from the securing fixtures.

Note:
• Once the spo
sponge
nge is peeled
peeled from the side cover
cover R, replace
replace the sponge with
with new one.

(3) Release
Release the heater
heater harness
harness from the securing
securing fixtures
fixtures,, and remov
remove e the fuser
fuser unit from the
the
machine.
(4) Remove the
the taptite pan
pan B M3x8 screw,
screw, and remove the insulatio
insulation
n roof from the fuser
fuser unit.

Taptite pan B M3x8

Insulation roof

Taptite pan B M4x14

Taptite pan B M4x14

Side thermistor harness
(DCP-16** series, Fuser unit
MFC-19** series only)

Center thermistor harness

Heater harness
Sponge

Frame R

Fig. 2-36

Harness routing: Refer to “1. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit /
fuser unit (DCP-15** series without fan, MFC-18** series without fan)”
fan)”, “2. Frame R / main PCB
ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit (DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-18**
series with fan)”
fan)” and “3. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser
 unit (DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series) .

2-40 Confidential

7.15 Back cover

(1) Remove
Remove the four taptite
taptite bind
bind B M4x12 screws
screws to remove
remove the ba
back
ck cover from
from the mac
machine.
hine.
(2) Release
Release the hook harness
harness from
from the securing
securing fixtures
fixtures of th
the
e back cov
cover
er (only fo
forr models
with handset).

Taptite bind B M4x12

Back cover

Taptite bind B
M4x12

Hook harness
(only for models with handset)

Taptite bind B
M4x12

Fig. 2-37
Harness routing: Refer to “10
10.. Hook harness (only for models with handset) (back cover)”
cover) ”.

Assembling Note:
• Connec
Connectt the hook harness according
according to the follow
following
ing procedures
procedures (refer to the figure
below). Engage the hook harness connector to the groove on the back cover.  Put the
hook harness through the hole "A" of the back cover.  Hook it to the guide "B".  Loop it
around the guide "C" once.  Put it through the hole "D".  Release the hook harness
connector from the groove on the back cover.
Guide "C"

Groove
Hole "D"

Hook harness

Back cover Connector

Guide "B"
Hole "A"
 Fig. 2-38

2-41 Confidential

7.
7.16
16 Tra
ray
y co
cove
verr AS
ASSY
SY
(1) Open
Open th
the
e tray
tray cove
coverr ASSY
ASSY.
(2) Bend the tray cover
cover ASSY inward
inward and remove
remove the
the two bos
bosses
ses from the
the machi
machine
ne to remove
remove
the tray cover ASSY from the machine.
(3) Remove
Remove the paper
paper rear guide 1 from the
the hook at the center
center par
partt of the tray cover
cover ASSY and
remove it from the machine.
(4) Remove
Remove the paper rear
rear guide 2 from the
the paper rear
rear guide 1. (Models
(Models support
support paper sm
smaller
aller
than A4/letter size only)

Boss

Tray cover ASSY

Paper rear guide 2

Boss Hook

Hook

Paper rear guide 1

Fig. 2-39
 2-42 Confidential

7.17 Front c
co
over
(1) Remove
Remove the
the four tapti
taptite
te bind
bind B M4x12 scre
screws.
ws.
(2) Release
Release the two hooks at the
the bottom of the laser
laser unit cover.
cover. Remove the la
laser
ser unit cover
cover
and the front cover from the machine by turning them to the direction of the arrow.
(3) Release
Release the three hooks
hooks of the front
front cover
cover to remove itit from the laser
laser unit cover
cover..

Hook

Front cover
Laser unit cover

Taptite bind B
M4x12

Hook Hooks

Taptite bind B
M4x12

Laser unit cover Front cover

Fig. 2-40
 2-43 Confidential

7.18 Laser unit

(1) Release
Release the laser unit
unit flat cable from
from the securing
securing fixtures,
fixtures, and discon
disconnect
nect it from the laser
laser
unit.

Note:
• After dis
disconnec
connecting
ting the flat cable,
cable, check
check that the cable is not damaged
damaged at the end or
short-circuited. When connecting the flat cable, do not insert it at an angle. After
insertion, check that the cable is not at an angle.

(2) Release
Release the polygon
polygon motor harness
harness from the securing
securing fixtures,
fixtures, and dis
disconnect
connect it fr
from
om the
laser unit.
(3) Release
Release the motor
motor encoder
encoder PCB flat
flat cable
cable from the
the securing
securing fi
fixtures.
xtures.
(4) Remove
Remove the three taptite
taptite cup
cup S M3x8 SR screws
screws to remove
remove the laser
laser unit fr
from
om the
machine.

Taptite cup S M3x8 SR

Laser unit flat cable
Polygon motor harness

Laser shutter arm

Laser unit

Motor encoder PCB flat cable

Fig. 2-41

Harness routing: Refer to “1. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit
/ fuser unit (DCP-15** series without fan, MFC-18** series without fan)”
fan) ”, “2. Frame R / main
PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit / fuser unit (DCP-15** series with fan, MFC-
18** series with fan)”
fan)”, “3. Frame R / main PCB ASSY / low voltage power supply PCB unit /
fuser unit (DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series)”
series)” and “11
11.. Laser unit / motor encoder PCB
ASSY””.
ASSY
 2-44 Confidential

Assembling Note:
• Fold the lase
laserr unit flat cable
cable as shown in the figure
figure below
below..

Electrode plane Electrode plane

Laser unit flat cable

To be connected To be connected to
to laser unit main PCB ASSY
45° 45° 45°
20 mm
Mountain fold
155 mm
Valley fold
172 mm

Fig. 2-42

Assembling Note:
• If you replac
replaced
ed the laser unit,
unit, attach the
the serial number
number label of the laser
laser unit onto th
the
e
location shown in the figure below.
replacement, refer to "2. IF YOU REPLACE
• After the replacement, REPLACE THE LASER UNIT"
UNIT" in chapter 3 to
enter the adjusted value of the laser unit.

Serial number label

Fig. 2-43
 2-45 Confidential

7.19
7.19 Mo
Moto
torr e
enc
ncod
oder
er PC
PCB
BAASS
SSY
Y
(1) Disconnect
Disconnect all
all harnesses
harnesses and flat cable
cable from the
the motor encoder
encoder PCB ASSY
ASSY.

Note:
• After dis
disconnec
connecting
ting the flat cable,
cable, check
check that the cable is not damaged
damaged at the end or
short-circuited. When connecting the flat cable, do not insert it at an angle. After
insertion, check that the cable is not at an angle.

(2) Release
Release the two hooks to
to remove the motor
motor encoder
encoder PCB ASSY from
from the machin
machine.
e.

Hooks

New toner sensor PCB harness

Pick-up solenoid harness

Main motor harness

Motor encoder
PCB flat cable

Motor encoder PCB ASSY

Fig. 2-44

Harness routing: Refer to “11. Laser unit / motor encoder PCB ASSY”
ASSY ” and “14
14.. New toner
sensor PCB ASSY / pick-up solenoid”
solenoid ”.

Assembling Note:
• Fold the moto
motorr encoder PCB flat
flat cable as shown
shown in the figure below
below..

Mountain fold
Valley fold 122 mm
80 mm 15 mm

To be connected To be connected to
45° 45° 45°
to motor encoder main PCB ASSY
PCB ASSY

Electrode plane Motor encoder PCB flat cable Electrode plane

Fig. 2-45
 2-46 Confidential

7.
7.20
20 Ejec
Ejectt se
sens
nsor
or PC
PCB
B AS
ASSY
SY
(1) Disconnect
Disconnect the eject
eject sensor PCB harness
harness from the p
paper
aper feed/paper
feed/paper printing
printing position
position
sensor PCB ASSY, and release it from the securing fixtures.
(2) Release
Release the two hooks,
hooks, and remove
remove the eject
eject sensor
sensor PCB ASSY from tthe
he machin
machine.
e.

Hooks

Paper feed/paper printing

position sensor PCB ASSY

Eject sensor PCB harness

Eject sensor PCB ASSY

Fig. 2-46

Harness routing: Refer to “12

12.. Eject sensor PCB ASSY”
ASSY”.
 2-47 Confidential

7.21 Pape
Paperr fe
feed/p
ed/paper
aper prin
printing
ting posit
position
ion sens
sensor
or PCB ASSY
(1) Release
Release the paper feed/pap
feed/paper
er printing
printing position sensor
sensor PCB harness
harness from the securing
securing
fixtures.
(2) Remove
Remove the taptite
taptite bind B M3x10 screw
screw to remove the paper
paper feed/p
feed/paper
aper printing
printing position
position
sensor PCB ASSY from the machine.

Paper feed/paper printing

position sensor PCB ASSY

Taptite bind B M3x10

Paper feed/paper printing

position sensor PCB harness

Fig. 2-47

Harness routing: Refer to “13

13.. Paper feed/paper printing position sensor PCB ASSY”
ASSY ”.
 2-48 Confidential

7.22
7.22 Ne
New
w tton
oner
er se
sens
nsor
or PC
PCB
BAASS
SSY
Y

Note:
• Make sure that the fuser unit is at room temperature to avoid the frame deforming due to heat.

(1) Turn the machine

machine so that the left side
side of the
the machine
machine faces upward.
upward.
(2) Remove the
the plate up spring
spring from
from the plate
plate up plate and
and the drive sub
sub ASSY
ASSY..

Note:
• Be caref
careful
ul not to uncoil
uncoil the
the spring.
spring.

(3) Remove
Remove the
the four tapti
taptite
te bind
bind B M4x12 scre
screws.
ws.
(4) Remove the paper
paper feed FG
FG spring
spring from the
the drive sub ASSY.
(5) Release the hook, and remove the drive sub ASSY from the machine by bending the chute earth
spring inward. Remove the motor drive belt from the develop gear of the drive sub ASSY.
(6) Release
Release the new
new toner sensor
sensor PCB
PCB harness from the securi
securing
ng fixtu
fixtures.
res.
(7) Release
Release the two
two hooks to remove
remove the new
new toner sensor
sensor PCB
PCB ASSY.
ASSY.

Taptite bind B M4x12

Drive sub ASSY

Plate up spring
New toner sensor
PCB ASSY

New toner
sensor PCB
Motor drive harness
belt
Develop gear

Hook

Drive sub ASSY

Chute earth
Hooks
spring

Plate up plate

Plate up spring

Plate up plate

Paper feed FG spring Drive sub ASSY

Fig. 2-48
 Harness routing: Refer to “14
14.. New toner sensor PCB ASSY / pick-up solenoid”
solenoid ”.

2-49 Confidential

CH
CHAP
APTE
TER
R 3 ADJU
ADJUST
STIN
ING
G AND
AND UPDA
UPDATI
TING
NG
SETTINGS AS REQUIRED AFTER
PARTS REPLACEMENT

1. IF YOU REPLACE THE MAIN PCB ASSY

2. IF YOU REPLACE THE LASER UNIT
3. IF YOU REPLACE THE DOCUMENT SCANNER UNIT OR CIS UNIT
4. IF YOU
Y OU REPLACE THE LOW VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE POWER SUPPL
SUP PLY
Y PCB UNIT
5. IF YOU REPLACE THE PANEL UNIT

1. IF YO
YOU
U RE
REPL
PLAC
ACE
E TH
THE
E MA
MAIN
IN PC
PCB
B ASS
ASSY
Y

<What to do after replacement>

replacement>
• Settin
Setting
g by country
country (function
(function code:
code: 74)

• Ins
Instal
tallin
ling
g main firmw
firmware
are
• Initi
Initializin
alizing
g the EEPROM of the main PCB
PCB ASSY (function
(function code: 01)
• Insta
Installing
lling language
language firmware
firmware (except
(except for Chinese
Chinese model)
model)
• Setting se
serial
rial number
number and entering
entering adjusted
adjusted value of laser
laser unit
• Acquir
Acquiring
ing white
white level data
data (function
(function code:
code: 55)
• Setting llanguag
anguage
e (function
(function code: 52)
52) (only for
for CEE model)
model)
• Check
Checking
ing printing
printing and
and scanning
scanning

What you need to prepare

(1
(1)) One
One USB
USB ca
cabl
ble
e
(2) Create a temporary
temporary folder
folder on the
the C drive of the computer (Windows® XP or later).
computer (Windows
(3) Service
Service setti
setting
ng tool
tool (BrUsbs
(BrUsbsn.z
n.zip)
ip)
Copy this file into the temporary folder created on the C drive. Extract the copied file and
double-click “BrUsbsn.exe” to start it.
(4) Downlo
Download
ad utili
utility
ty (F
(FILED
ILEDG32
G32.EX
.EXE)
E)
Copy this file into the temporary folder created on the C drive.
(5) Maintenance
Maintenance driver (Maintenance
(MaintenanceDriver
Driver.zip)
.zip)
When the maintenance driver is not installed on the computer, copy this file into the
temporary folder created on the C drive, and extract the copied file.
(6) Firmware
Main fifirmware (E.g.) LZ
LZXXXX_$.djf ((ffirmware in
installation us
using c
co
omputer)
Language firmware
(E.g.) LZXXXX: First six digits of the part number of the firmware
fi rmware
$: Alphabetic character representing the revision version of the firmware

(7) Service setting

setting tool
tool (SvSettingT
(SvSettingTool.ex
ool.exe)
e)
Copy this file into the temporary folder created on the C drive.

* .NET
This Framework
tool 4.5.2
can be used for or
thelater of Microsoft is needed to use SvSettingTool.
followings SvSettingTool.
Se
Sett
ttin
ing
g tthe
he se
seri
rial
al nu
numb
mber
er En
Ente
teri
ring
ng adj
djus
uste
ted
d val
value
ue of lase
laserr uni
unitt
 Get (machine) information

3-1 Confidential

1.
1.1
1 Se
Sett
ttin
ing
g by C
Cou
ount
ntry
ry ((fu
func
ncti
tion
on c
cod
ode:
e: 7
74)
4)
Perform settings for a country as described in “Function code: 74” in Chapter 4.

1.2
1.2 Ins
Installin
lling
g Main
ain Fi
Firrmw
mwa
are

1.2.1
1.2.1 Check
Checking
ing fir
firmwa
mware
re versio
version
n

Check that the there

latest version, main is
firmware
no needinstalled
to installonthe
thefirmware.
main PCB ASSY is the latest version. If it is the

If it is not, be sure to install the firmware as described in “1.2.2 Installing main firmware” in
this chapter.

<How to check firmware version>

(1) Press the [Menu]
[Menu] button
button while
while the machine
machine is in the
the ready state.
state. “General
“General Setup.”
Setup.”
appears on the LCD.
(2
(2)) Pr
Pres
esss the
the [ ] or
or [ ] but
butto
ton
n tto
o dis
displ
play
ay “Mac
“Machin
hine
e Inf
Info.”
o.” on the
the LCD
LCD,, and
and pres
press
s the
the [OK]
[OK]
button. “Serial No.” appears on the LCD.
(3
(3)) Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or
or [ ] but
button
ton to di
disp
splay
lay “Ver
“Versi
sion
on”” o
on
n the
the LCD,
LCD, and
and p
pre
ress
ss the
the [OK]
[OK] butto
button.
n.
Main firmware version appears on the LCD.

1.2.2
1.2.2 Insta
Installi
lling
ng main
main fir
firmwa
mware
re
(1) Check that the
the power switch
switch of the machine
machine is OFF.
OFF. When the machine
machine is connected
connected to
the computer, disconnect the USB cable.
(2) Turn ON the
the machine
machine to enter
enter maintenan
maintenance
ce mode.
mode.
(3) Connect
Connect the computer
computer to the
the machine
machine with
with the USB cable.
cable.
(4) Open the temporar
temporary
y folder and
and double-click
double-click “FILEDG3
“FILEDG32.EXE”
2.EXE” to st
start
art it, and s
select
elect the
“Brother Maintenance USB Printer”.
(5) Drag and drop
drop the required
required main
main program file
file (ex: LZXXXX_$.d
LZXXXX_$.djf)
jf) in the same
same folde
folderr
onto the “Brother Maintenance USB Printer” icon. The file is loaded to the machine, and
installing to the flash ROM starts.
(6) When installi
installing
ng is completed,
completed, the machine
machine restarts
restarts and
and returns to the
the ready st
state.
ate. Do not
disconnect the USB cable or turn OFF the power switch of the computer until installing is
completed.
(7) Turn
Turn the machine OFF and
and disconnec
disconnectt the USB cable.
cable.
 3-2 Confidential

1.3 Init
Initial
ializi
izing
ng the EEP
EEPROM
ROM of tthe
he M
Main
ain PCB ASS
ASSY
Y (f
(func
unctio
tion
n co
code:
de: 01)
Initialize the EEPROM of the main PCB ASSY as described in “Function code: 01” in Chapter 4.

1.4 Ins
Insta
tallin
lling
gLLang
anguag
uage
eFFirm
irmwar
ware
e ((exc
except
ept for Chi
Chines
nese
emmode
odel)
l)
This procedure is not required for Chinese model.

(1) Check that

that the machine
machine is in the
the maintenance
maintenance mode,
mode, and connect
connect the computer
computer to
to the
machine with the USB cable.
(2) Open the temporary
temporary folder
folder and double-click
double-click “FILEDG3
“FILEDG32.EXE”
2.EXE” to st
start
art it, and selec
selectt the
“Brother Maintenance USB Printer”.
(3) Drag and drop thethe required
required language
language program file
file (ex: LZXXXX_$.djf
LZXXXX_$.djf)) in the same fol
folder
der
onto the “Brother Maintenance USB Printer” icon. The file is loaded to the machine, and
installing to the flash ROM starts.
(4) When installing
installing is
is completed,
completed, the machine
machine restarts
restarts and returns
returns to the
the ready state.
state. Do not
disconnect the USB cable or turn OFF the power switch of the computer until installing is
completed.
(5) Turn the machine
machine OFF and disconnect
disconnect the USB cable.
 3-3 Confidential

1.5 Set
Settin
ting
g Se
Seria
riall Nu
Numbe
mberr an
and
d En
Enter
tering
ing Adj
Adjust
usted
ed V
Valu
alue
e of Las
Laser
er U
Unit
nit

Laser serial number label

054848

Enter the last five digits.

Fig. 3-1

Turn ON the machine to enter maintenance mode. Connect the computer to the machine
with the USB cable.

<A method using SvSettingTool>

(1
(1)) Check
Check tthe
he con
conne
nect
ctio
ion.
n.

(1)

(2
(2)) Sele
Select
ct the
the m
mod
odel
el nam
name.
e.
(2)-a a Whe
When
n searchi
searching
ng for
for a model
model name
name
* You can sesearch
arch for the mode
modell even


if you enter a part of the model

name (eg. “111”).

b When selecting a series and a model name

2
1
(2)-b
 3-4 Confidential

(3) Click
Click the [Inp
[Input
ut inform
informati
ation]
on] bu
butto
tton.
n.

(3)

(4
(4)) Sele
Select
ct the
the “Se
“Seri
rial
al No
No.”
.”..
(5) Enter
Enter the
the serial
serial numb
number
er..
(6
(6)) Clic
Click
k the
the [Se
[Set]
t] b
but
utton
ton..

(5) (4)

(6)

(7) Select
Select the “A
“Adju
djuste
sted
d Value
Value(La
(Laser
ser)”.
)”.
(8) Enter
Enter th
the
e numbers
numbers (las
(lastt 5 digi
digits
ts)) on
the laser serial number label.
(9
(9)) Clic
Click
k the
the [Se
[Set]
t] b
but
utton
ton..
(10) Click the [OK]
[OK] button.
(8) (7)

(9)
(10)
 3-5 Confidential

<A method using BrUsbsn.exe>

(1) Double-clic
Double-click
k the “Br
“BrUsbsn
Usbsn.exe”
.exe” file
file that was copied
copied to the
temporary folder to start it.
The “BrUsbSn” window shown on the right appears.
(2) Enter the
the model
model name of your
your machine
machine in the “Find
“Find a
product” field (ex: MFC-1810) and click the [Find a
product] button. [Find a product] button turns into [Find
Next] button, and model name appears in the box above
the [Find Next] button.
(3) Check if the model
model name
name of your
your machine
machine is
is shown in the
box above the [Find Next] button. If you can not find the
model name of your machine, keep clicking the [Find
Next] button until it appears.
(4) In the “Port” field on the “BrUsbSn”
“BrUsbSn” screen,
screen, select
select the
port number assigned to the “Brother Maintenance USB
Printer”.
If the port number is unknown, follow the steps below to
check it.
1) Click “Start”,
“Start”, “Setting
“Settings”,
s”, and “Printers
“Printers and Faxes”.
Faxes”. The
“Printers and Faxes” window appears.
2) Right-click
Right-click the “Brother
“Brother Maintenanc
Maintenance
e USB Printer”
Printer” icon.
3) Click “Properties”
“Properties”.. The “Brother Maintenance
Maintenance USB Printer Properties”
Properties” wind
window
ow appears
appears..
4) Click the “Ports”
“Ports” tab. The Brother Maintenan
Maintenance
ce USB Printer port number
number is displayed
displayed..
(5) Enter the serial
serial number
number (15 digits)
digits) of
of the machine
machine in the “Serial
“Serial No” field.
field.
(6) Enter the last
last five digits
digits on the laser
laser serial number
number label
label in the “Scanner
“Scanner Video Cl
Clk.”
k.” field.
field.
(7) Click the
the [OK] button.
button. Confirmation
Confirmation screen
screen appears.
appears. Check that the serial
serial numbe
numberr and
the adjusted value of the laser unit are correct and click the [Yes] button. The serial
number and the adjusted value of the laser unit are written to the machine.

Note:
• Enterin
Enteringg serial number
number is operable without
without a computer.
computer. Perform the serial number
number
setting as described in “Function code: 80” in Chapter 4. Refer to “APPENDIX 1

SERIAL NUMBERING SYSTEM” to learn how to check the serial number.

 3-6 Confidential

1.6
1.6 Ac
Acqu
quir
irin
ing
g Wh
White
ite Le
Leve
vell Da
Datta (f
(fun
unct
ctio
ion
n co
code
de:: 55)
55)
Acquire white label data as described in “Function code: 55” in Chapter 4.

1.7 Set
Settin
ting
gLLang
anguag
uage
e ((fun
functi
ction
on cod
code:
e: 52) (on
(only
ly for CEE mod
model)
el)
Perform language setting as described in “Function code: 52” in Chapter 4.

1.
1.8
8 Ch
Chec
ecki
king
ng Pr
Prin
inti
ting
ng an
and
d Sc
Scan
anni
ning
ng
Copying ADF copy chart
We recommend to use BP60 paper (plain paper) supplied by Brot
Brother
her or better paper.
(Do not use gloss paper)

(1) Prepare
Prepare the
the intensi
intensity
ty cha
chart
rt CTC-00
CTC-001.
1.
(2) Set the ADF
ADF copy chart
chart printing
printing side
side down
down on the ADF.
ADF.
(3) Press the [Copy]
[Copy] button,
button, set the quality
quality to “Standard”
“Standard”,, and press the [Start]
[Start] button
button to
copy the document.

Note:
• Check that the document
document is not
not set at an
an angle.
angle.
• Do not touch th
the
e document while
while copying.
copying. It could cause
cause misal
misalignment
ignment..

(4) Check
Check the
the copi
copied
ed chec
check
k patte
pattern.
rn.
 3-7 Confidential

2. IF YOU REPLA
LACE
CE THE LAS
ASE
ER UN
UNIT

<What to do after replacement>

replacement>
• Enterin
Entering
g adjusted
adjusted value
value of
of laser
laser unit

What you need to prepare

(1
(1)) One
One USB
USB ca
cabl
ble
e
(2) Create a temporary
temporary folder
folder on the
the C drive of the computer (Windows® XP or later).
computer (Windows
(3) Service
Service setti
setting
ng tool
tool (BrUsbs
(BrUsbsn.z
n.zip)
ip)
Copy this file into the temporary folder created on the C drive. Extract the copied file and
double-click “BrUsbsn.exe” to start it.
(4) Downlo
Download
ad utili
utility
ty (F
(FILED
ILEDG32
G32.EX
.EXE)
E)
Copy this file into the temporary folder created on the C drive.
(5) Maintenance
Maintenance driver (Maintenance
(MaintenanceDriver
Driver.zip)
.zip)
When the maintenance driver is not installed on the computer, copy this file into the
temporary folder created on the C drive, and extract the copied file.

(6) Service setting

setting tool
tool (SvSettingT
(SvSettingTool.ex
ool.exe)
e)
Copy this file into the temporary folder created on the C drive.
* .NET Framework 4.5.2 or later of Microsoft is needed to use SvSettingTool.
SvSettingTool.
This tool can be used for the following
Entering adjusted value of laser unit
 3-8 Confidential

2.1
2.1 En
Ente
teri
ring
ng Ad
Adju
just
sted
ed Value
alue of La
Lase
serr Un
Unit
it

Laser serial number label

054848

Enter the last five digits.

Fig. 3-2

Connect the computer to the machine with the USB cable.

<A method using SvSettingTool>
(1
(1)) Check
Check tthe
he con
conne
nect
ctio
ion.
n.

(1)

(2
(2)) Sele
Select
ct the
the m
mod
odel
el nam
name.
e.
(2)-a a Whe
When
n searchi
searching
ng for
for a model
model name
name
* You can sesearch
arch for the mode
modell even


if you enter a part of the model

name (eg. “111”).

b When selecting a series and a model name

2
1
(2)-b
 3-9 Confidential

(3) Click
Click the [Inp
[Input
ut inform
informati
ation]
on] bu
butto
tton.
n.

(3)

(4) Select
Select the “A
“Adju
djuste
sted
d Value
Value(La
(Laser
ser)”.
)”.
(5) Enter
Enter th
the
e numbers
numbers (las
(lastt 5 digi
digits
ts)) on
the laser serial number label.
(6
(6)) Clic
Click
k the
the [Se
[Set]
t] b
but
utton
ton..
(7
(7)) Clic
Click
k the
the [O
[OK]
K] b
but
utton
ton..
(5) (4)

(6)
(7)
 3-10 Confidential

<A method using BrUsbsn.exe>

BrUsbsn.exe>
(1) Double-click
Double-click the “BrUsbsn.e
“BrUsbsn.exe”xe” file that was
was copied
copied to the
temporary folder to start it.
The “BrUsbSn” window shown on the right appears.
(2) Enter the
the model
model name of your
your machine
machine in the “Find
“Find a
product” field (ex: MFC-1810) and click the [Find a

product] button.
Next] button, and[Find a product]
model button turns
name appears in theinto
box[Find
above
the [Find Next] button.
(3) Check if the model
model name
name of your
your machine
machine is shown in the
box above the [Find Next] button. If you can not find the
model name of your machine, keep clicking the [Find
Next] button until it appears.
(4) In the “Port” field on the “BrUsbSn”
“BrUsbSn” screen,
screen, select
select the
the
port number assigned to the “Brother Maintenance USB
Printer”.
If the port number is unknown, follow the steps below to
check it.
1) Click “Start”
“Start”,, “Settings”,
“Settings”, and “Printers
“Printers and Faxes”.
Faxes”. The
“Printers and Faxes” window appears.
2) Right-click
Right-click the
the “Brother M
Mainten
aintenance
ance USB Printer”
Printer” icon.
icon.
3) Click “Properties
“Properties”.
”. The “Brother Maintenance
Maintenance USB Printer Properties”
Properties” window
window appears
appears..
4) Click the “Ports”
“Ports” tab. The Brother Maintenanc
Maintenance
e USB Printer port number is displayed.
displayed.
(5) Enter the last
last five digits
digits on the laser
laser serial number
number label in
in the “Scanne
“Scannerr Video Clk.”
Clk.” field.
field.
(6) Click the [OK]
[OK] button. Confirma
Confirmation
tion screen
screen appears.
appears. Check that the serial
serial number
number and
the adjusted value of the laser unit are correct and click the [Yes] button. The adjusted
value of the laser unit is written to the machine.
(7) Tu
Turn
rn OFF the
the power
power switc
switch
h of the mach
machine
ine..
 3-11 Confidential

3. IF YOU RE
REP
PLA
LAC
CE TH
THE DOC
DOCUM
UME
ENT
SCANNER UNIT OR CIS UNIT

<What to do after replacement>

• Checki
Checking
ng main firmware
firmware version
• Acquiri
Acquiring
ng white level
level data
data (function
(function code: 55)
55)

3.
3.1
1 Ch
Chec
ecki
king
ng Ma
Main
in Fi
Firm
rmwa
ware
re Versi
ersion
on
Check that the main firmware installed on the main PCB ASSY is the latest version. If it is
not, be sure to install the latest firmware as described in “1.2.2 Installing main firmware” in
this chapter.

<How to check firmware version>

(1) Press the [Menu]
[Menu] button
button while
while the machine
machine is in the
the ready state.
state. “General
“General Setup.”
Setup.”
appears on the LCD.
(2
(2)) Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or
or [ ] but
butto
ton
n tto
o dis
displ
play
ay “Mac
“Machin
hine
e Inf
Info.”
o.” on the
the LCD
LCD,, and
and pres
press
s the
the [OK]
[OK]
button. “Serial No.” appears on the LCD.
(3
(3)) Pr
Pres
esss the
the [ ] or
or [ ] but
button
ton to di
disp
splay
lay “Ver
“Versi
sion
on”” o
on
n the
the LCD,
LCD, and
and p
pre
ress
ss the
the [OK]
[OK] butto
button.
n.
Main firmware version appears on the LCD.

3.2
3.2 Ac
Acqu
quir
irin
ing
gWWhi
hite
te L
Lev
evel
el D
Dat
ata
a (f
(fun
unct
ctio
ion
nccod
ode:
e: 5
55)
5)
Acquire white label data as described in “Function code: 55” in Chapter 4
4..
 3-12 Confidential

4. IF YOU
YOU REP
REPLA
LACE
CE TH
THE
E LOW
LOW VO
VOL
LTAG
AGE
E
POWER SUPPLY
SUPPLY PCB UNIT

<What to do after replacement>

• Resett
Resetting
ing irregular
irregular power supply detection
detection counter
counter of low voltage power
power supply PCB
(function code: 88)

What you need to prepare

(1
(1)) One
One USB
USB ca
cabl
ble
e
(2) Create a temporary
temporary folder
folder on the
the C drive of the computer
computer (Windows® XP or later).
(Windows
(3) Downlo
Download
ad utili
utility
ty (F
(FILED
ILEDG32
G32.EXE
.EXE))
Copy this file into the temporary folder created on the C drive.
(4) Maintenance
Maintenance driver (MaintenanceD
(MaintenanceDriver
river.zip)
.zip)
When the maintenance driver is not installed on the computer, copy this file into the
temporary folder created on the C drive, and extract the copied file.
(5) Irregular
Irregular power
power supply
supply detection
detection counter
counter PJL file
file (SQWA
(SQWAVE.PJL)
VE.PJL)

4.1 Res
Resett
etting
ing IIrre
rregul
gular
ar P
Powe
owerr Sup
Supply
ply D
Dete
etecti
ction
on Co
Count
unter
er of L
Low
ow V
Volt
oltage
age
Power Supply PCB
The irregular power supply detection counter increases when the machine detects irregular
power supply
supp ly..
When the counter reaches the limit and the irregular power supply detection error is
displayed, replace the low voltage power supply PCB unit, which may have been damaged
by irregular power supply, and reset the irregular power supply detection counter. In this
case, if the same power supply is used, the
t he same error may occur even when the low voltage
power supply PCB unit is replaced. Ask the user to review the installation environment to
avoid the same error occurring again.

Refer to “1.3.27 Reset irregular power supply detection counter of low voltage power supply
PCB (function code: 88)” in this Chapter 4 to reset the irregular power supply detection
counter.
 3-13 Confidential

5. IF YO
YOU
U RE
REPL
PLAC
ACE
E TH
THE
E PAN
ANEL
EL UN
UNIT
IT

<What to do after replacement>

• Check
Checking
ing LCD operation
operation (function
(function code:
code: 12)
• Checki
Checking
ng control
control panel operati
operation
on (function
(function code: 13)
13)

5.1
5.1 Ch
Chec
ecki
king
ng LC
LCD
DOOpe
pera
rati
tion
on (fu
(func
ncti
tion
on co
code
de:: 12)
12)
Check LCD operation as described in “Function code: 12” in Chapter 4.

5.2
5.2 Ch
Chec
ecki
king
ng C
Con
ontr
trol
ol Pa
Pane
nell Op
Oper
erat
atio
ion
n (fu
(func
nctio
tion
n co
code
de:: 13)
13)
Check control panel operation as described in “Function code: 13” in Chapter 4.
 3-14 Confidential

CH
CHA
APTE
TER
R 4 SERVIC
ICE
E FU
FUNC
NCTI
TION
ONS
S

1. MAINTENANCE MO
MODE

Maintenance mode is exclusively designed for checking, setting and adjusting the machine
using the buttons on the control panel.
Using maintenance mode functions, you can conduct operational checks of sensors or test
printing, display the log information or error codes, and change the worker switches (WSW)
etc.

1.1
1.1 How to En
Ente
terr M
Mai
aint
nten
enan
ance
ce Mod
ode
e

1.1.1 Method
Method of enteri
entering
ng end-use
end-userr accessi
accessible
ble mainte
maintenance
nance mode
The maintenance mode functions should only be accessed by service personnel. However,
end users are allowed to use some of these functions under the guidance of service
personnel over the phone. End users can only use the functions shaded in the table 1.2 List
of Maintenance Mode Functions (function codes 06, 09, 10, 11, 12, 25, 43, 45, 52, 53, 54, 77,

80, 82, 87 and 91).

<Operating Procedure>
(1) While the machine
machine is in the ready
ready state,
state, press the [Menu],
[Menu], [Start],
[Start], and [Me
[Menu]
nu] button
buttons
s in
this order. “0” is displayed on the LCD.
(2
(2)) Nume
Numeriric
c key
key pad
pad mo
mode
dels
ls
Use the numeric key pad to enter the maintenance mode function code to be executed.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y the
the main
mainten
tenan
ance
ce m
mod
ode
e fu
func
nctio
tion
n code
code tto
o be
executed on the LCD and press the [OK] button.
(3) Enter the maintenanc
maintenance
e mode function
function code to be execute
executed.
d.
(4) Each time the
the maintenance
maintenance mode
mode function
function is completed,
completed, the machine
machine re
returns
turns to th
the
e
ready state automatically.
automatically.

Note:
• To return to the ready state of maintenance mode during the operation, press the [Stop/
[Stop/
Exit] button.
 4-1 Confidential

1.1.2 Method
Method of entering
entering mainte
maintenanc
nance
e mode for
for service
service perso
personnel
nnel

<Operating Procedure>
(1) While th
the ma
machine isis in
in th
the re
ready st
stat
ate
e, pr
press the
the [Menu], [S
[Start],
t], [ ], [ ], [ ] an
and [ ]
buttons in this order. “  MAINTENANCE   ” is displayed on the LCD and the
machine enters to the initial state of maintenance mode.
(2
(2)) Nume
Numeriric
c key
key pad
pad mode
models
ls
Use the numeric key pad to enter the maintenance mode function code to be executed.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y the
the main
mainten
tenan
ance
ce m
mod
ode
e fu
func
nctio
tion
n code
code tto
o be
executed on the LCD and press the [OK] button.
(3) Enter the maintenanc
maintenance
e mode function
function code to be execute
executed.
d.

Note:
• When the [9] button is pressed twice continuously
continuously while the machine is in the initial state
of maintenance mode, the machine returns to the ready state.
• When the [S[Stop/Ex
top/Exit]
it] button is pressed
pressed after
after the first digit
digit of the number has been
been
entered, the machine returns to the initial state of maintenance mode.
• When an invalid mai
maintenanc
ntenance
e code is entered, the machine
machine returns to the initi
initial
al state of
maintenance mode.
• As for the models with a handset
handset,, when the handset is not place
placed
d on the handset holder
holder,,
“  MAINTENANCE   ” is not displayed and “Telephone” is displayed on the LCD.
 4-2 Confidential

1.
1.2
2 List
List of Ma
Main
inte
tena
nanc
nce
eMMod
ode
eFFun
unct
ctio
ions
ns
Function
Function Refer to:
code
01 Initialize EEPROM parameters 1.3.1
Print white level / black level data for document scanning
05 1.3.2
compensation
06 Move CIS un
unit to tra
ran
nspor
orttation positio
tion 1.3.3
08 ADF performance test 1.3.4
09 Mon
Monochrome imag
age
e quality test patt
patte
ern 1.3.5
10 Set worker switches (WSW) 1.3.6 [1]
11 Pr
Priint worker
ker switch (WSW)
SW) set
ettting data 1.3.6 [2]
12 Check LCD operation 1.3.7
13 Check co
control pa
panel b
bu
utton op
operation 1.3.8
25 Display software version 1.3.9
32 Check sensor operation 1.3.10
33 Display LAN connection status 1.3.11
43 Set PC print functions 1.3.12
45 Change USB No. return value 1.3.13
52 Set country / language 1.3.14
53 Tra
Transfer received ffa
ax da
data / log information 1.3.15
54 Fine-tune scanning position 1.3.16
55 Ac
Acq
quire wh
white le
level data an
and se
set CI
CIS sc
scan a
are
rea
a 1.3.17
67 Print test 1.3.18
69 Pr
Priint ffrrame p
pa
atter
ern
n (s
(single-side p
prrinting) 1.3.19
71 Print test pattern 1.3.20
74 Setting by country 1.3.21

77 Print ma
maintenance in
information 1.3.22
78 Operational check of fans 1.3.23
80 Display machine log information 1.3.24
82 Display machine error code 1.3.25
87 Send
Send co
comm
mmun
unic
icat
atio
ion
n log
log in
info
form
rmat
atiion to tele
teleph
pho
one li
lin
ne 1.3.26
Reset irregular power supply detection counter of low-
88 1.3.27
voltage power supply PCB
91 Initialize EEPROM parameters 1.3.1
99 Quit maintenance mode 1.3.28

The maintenance mode functions shaded in the table can be used by end users.
 4-3 Confidential

1.3
1.3 De
Deta
tails
ils of Ma
Main
inte
tena
nanc
nce
e Mo
Mode
de Fu
Func
nctio
tions
ns

1.3.1 Initialize
Initialize EEPRO
EEPROM
M param
parameter
eters
s (fun
(function
ction code: 01, 91)
91)

<Function>
This function is used to initialize the setting values for operation parameters, user switches,
and worker switches (WSW) registered in the EEPROM. Entering function code 01 initializes

most EEPROM areas. Entering function code 91 initializes only the specified areas as shown
in the table below.

Function code
01 91
Data item
Printer switch (counter information)
Areas not to be
Error history
initialized
MAC address
Areas not to be
Password for control panel operation lock initialized
Secure function lock
Telephone function registration
Telephone directory

Worker switches Areas to be

initialized
User switches (items initialized when
“Factory Reset” is executed) Areas to be
Function settings except user switches initialized
(settings not subject to “Factory Reset”)
Emulation setting

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeriric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [0] and [1] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode (or
press the [9] and [1] buttons in this order as appropriate) to display “PARAMETER INIT”
on the LCD.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] b
butt
utton
on to di
disp
spla
lay
y “MAIN
“MAINTEN
TENANANCE
CE 01”
01” ((or
or “MAIN
“MAINTEN
TENAN
ANCE
CE 91
91”” a
as
s
appropriate) on the LCD. Press the [OK] button. “PARAMETER INIT” is displayed on the
LCD.
(2) When initializing parameters is completed, the machine returns to the initial state of
maintenance
maintenanc e mode.

Note:
• Functio
Function
n code 01 is for service
service person
personnel
nel and function
function code 91 is for user support.
support.
• When the power switswitch
ch is turned OFF while “P
“PARAMETER
ARAMETER INIT”
INIT” is displaye
displayedd on the
LCD, initializing the EEPROM is not completed normally. In this case, when the power
switch is turned ON, the EEPROM
EE PROM is initialized automatically. When initialization is
completed, the machine returns to the initial state of maintenance mode.
 4-4 Confidential

1.3.2 Print white

white level
level / black level
level data
data for document
document scann
scanning
ing compensa
compensation
tion
(function code: 05)

<Function>
This function is used to print the contrast level data for document scanning compensation.

<Operating Procedure>

Note:
• Be sure not to peperform
rform this operating
operating procedure
procedure immediately
immediately after the power
power is turned ON,
ON,
but after performing the document scanning operation at least once. The machine initializes
the contrast level data and obtains the standard value for document scanning compensation
at the start of scanning the document. Therefore, this function cannot be operated without
performing a document scanning operation.
The print result varies depending on whether color scanning or monochrome scanning is
performed immediately before this operating procedure. Check the contrast level data you
want to print and then implement the procedure below.

(1) For monochrome

monochrome scanning
scanning,, make a monochrome
monochrome copy
copy of the doc
document.
ument. Fo
Forr color
scanning, scan the document in color mode.
(2
(2)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [0] and [5] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 05”
05” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(3) “PRINTING”
“PRINTING” is displayed
displayed on the LCD,
LCD, and the contrast
contrast level data
data for docume
document
nt scanning
scanning
compensation is printed.

Note:
• When there is no pa
paper
per in the paper
paper tray,
tray, printing is cancell
cancelled.
ed.

(4) When printing

printing is completed,
completed, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state of mai
maintenan
ntenance
ce mode.
 4-5 Confidential

Data to be printed (common to monochrome/color)

monochrome/color)

LED CURRENT DATA 1 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
a) A)
compensation M300_1 (DOWN) (R)
LED pulse data 1 (UP) (G) 2 B y te LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
b) B)
compensation M300_3 (UP) (G)
LED pulse
pulse data
data 1 (DOW
(DOWN)
N) (G)
(G) 2 By
Byte
te LED pulse data ambient light 2Byte
c) C)
compensation M300_3 (DOWN) (G)
LED pulse data 1 (UP) (B) 2 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
d) D)
compensation M300_3 (UP) (B)
LED
LED puls
pulse
e data
data 1 (DO
(DOWN
WN)) (B)
(B) 2 Byte
Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
e) E)
compensation M300_3 (DOWN) (B)
LED pulse data 1 (UP) (R) 2 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
f) F)
compensation M300_3 (UP) (R)
LED pulse
pulse data
data 1 (DOWN
(DOWN)) (R)
(R) 2 Byte
Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
g) G)
compensation M300_3 (DOWN) (R)
LED pulse data 2 (UP) (G) 2 B y te LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
h) H)
compensation M600_1 (UP) (G)
LED pulse
pulse data
data 2 (DOWN)
(DOWN) (G) 2 B
Byte
yte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
i) I)
compensation M600_1 (DOWN) (G)
LED pulse data 2 (UP) (B) 2 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
j) J)
compensation M600_1 (UP) (B)
LED
LED puls
pulse
e data
data 2 (DO
(DOWN
WN)) (B)
(B) 2 Byte
Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
k) K) compensation M600_1 (DOWN) (B)
LED pulse data 2 (UP) (R) 2 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
l) L)
compensation M600_1 (UP) (R)
LED pulse
pulse data
data 2 (DOWN)
(DOWN) (R) 2 B
Byte
yte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
m) M)
compensation M600_1 (DOWN) (R)
REFH data 1 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
n) N)
compensation C300_1(DOWN)(G)
Background color 1 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
o) O)
compensation data compensation C300_1 (DOWN) (B)
HP detection black 2 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
p) P)
compensation data x 12 compensation C300_1 (DOWN) (R)
LED CURRENT DATA ambient 1 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
q) Q)
light compensation M300_1 compensation C600_1 (DOWN) (G)
LED CURRENT DATA ambient 1 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
r) R)
light compensation M300_3 compensation C600_1 (DOWN) (B)
LED CURRENT DATA ambient 1 Byte LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte
s) S)
light compensation M600_1 compensation C600_1 (DOWN) (R)
LED CURRENT DATA ambient 1 Byte REFH data ambient light compensation 1 Byte
t) T)
light compensation C300_1 300dpi
LED CURRENT DATA ambient 1 Byte REFH data ambient light compensation 1 Byte
u) U)
light compensation C600_1 600dpi
LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte Black level data ambient light 1 Byte
v) V)
compensation M300_1 (UP) (G) compensation 300dpi
LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte Black level data ambient light 1 Byte
w) W)
compensation M300_1 (DOWN) (G) compensation 600dpi
LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte Black level data
x) X)
compensation M300_1 (UP) (B) Based on previous scanning pixel count
LED pulse data ambient light 2 Byte White level data (G)
y) Y)
compensation M300_1 (DOWN) (B) Based on previous scanning pixel count

LED pulse dataM300_1

compensation ambient(UP)
light(R) 2 Byte White
Basedlevel data (B)scanning pixel count
on previous
z) Z)
 White level data (R)
Based on previous scanning pixel count

4-6 Confidential

Print data

Fig. 4-1
 4-7 Confidential

1.3.3 Move CIS

CIS unit to
to transport
transportation
ation positi
position
on (function
(function code:
code: 06)
06)

<Function>
This function is used to move the CIS unit of the document scanner unit to the transportation
position (left end) immediately before packing and shipping the machine after repair and
operation checks.

Note:
• Please ins
instruct
truct end users to use this function
function wherever
wherever possible
possible before packi
packing
ng and
shipping their machine to a sales agent or a service dealer for repair.
(For the procedure for end users to operate the maintenance mode, refer to “1.1.1
Method of entering end-user accessible maintenance mode” in this chapter.)

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [0] and [6] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 06”
06” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “MAINTENANCE 06” is displayed on the L
LCD,
CD, and
and the CIS unit
unit moves to th
the
e transportation
transportation
position. When moving is completed, “SCAN LOCKED” is displayed on the LCD.
(3) When the [Stop/Exit] button is pressed, the machine returns to the initial state of
maintenance mode.
In the event that the CIS unit was unable to move to the transportation position or this
function code was executed while a scanning error was current, an error occurs and
“SCAN LOCK ERROR” is displayed on the LCD.

1.3.4 ADF performan

performance
ce test (function
(function code:
code: 08)
08)

<Function>
This function is used to test the performance of the automatic document feeder (ADF). The
scanned pages of documents fed by the ADF are counted and the result is displayed on the
LCD.

<Operating Procedure>
(1) Set the documen
documents
ts in the
the ADF unit.
unit. “DOC.
“DOC. READY” is displayed
displayed on the LC
LCD.
D.
(2
(2)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [0] and [8] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 08”
08” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(3) “ADF CHECK
CHECK P P.**”
.**” is displayed
displayed on the LCD,
LCD, and the documents
documents are ejected
ejected while the
scanned pages are counted.
(** indicates the current count of the scanned pages.)
(4) When the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button is
is pressed,
pressed, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of
maintenance mode.

Note:
 NO DOCUMENT
DOCUMENT is dispdisplayed
layed on the LCD and
and the machine re
returns
turns to the ready
ready
state of maintenance mode when the document is not set in the ADF unit.

4-8 Confidential

1.3.5 Monochrome
Monochrome image quality
quality test
test pattern
pattern (funct
(function
ion code:
code: 09)

<Function>
This function is used to print various monochrome check patterns, to check print quality and
whether there are any missing images.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [0] and [9] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 09”
09” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “PRINTING”
“PRINTING” is displaye
displayed
d on the LCD,
LCD, and the monochrome
monochrome image
image qual
quality
ity test
test patter
pattern
n
(refer to the figure below) is printed. When there is no paper in the paper tray, printing is
cancelled.
(3) When printing
printing is complete
completed,
d, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of mai
maintenanc
ntenance
e
mode.

Print data
 Fig. 4-2

4-9 Confidential

1.3.6 Set worker

worker switch
switches
es (WSW)
(WSW) and print
print worker
worker switch
switch setting
setting data
data
(function code: 10, 11)

[1] Set worker

worker switches
switches (WSW)
(WSW) (func
(function
tion code:
code: 10)
10)

<Function>
The worker switches shown in the table below can be used to set functions to satisfy various

requirements. The switch setting can be changed using the buttons on the control panel.
The worker switches are factory set to conform with the laws and regulations of the country
the machine is shipped to. Do not change these sett
settings
ings unless necessary.

List of worker switches

WSW No. Function
WSW01 Dial pulse setting
WSW02 Tone signal setting
WSW03 PABX mode setting
WSW
WSW04 Transfer fa
fac
cility setting
WSW0
WSW05
5 1st
1st d
dia
iall tton
one
e and
and busy
busy to
tone
ne de
dete
tect
ctio
ion
n
WSW06
WSW06 [R
[Red
edia
ial/
l/Pau
Pause
se]] butto
button
n set
settin
ting
g and
and 2nd
2nd di
dial
al ton
tone
e det
detec
ecti
tion
on

WSW07 Dial tone setting 1

WSW08 Dial tone setting 2
WSW09 Protocol definition 1
WSW10 Protocol definition 2
WSW11 Busy tone se
setting
WSW1
WSW12
2 Si
Sign
gnal
al dete
detec
cti
tio
on con
condi
diti
tio
on set
setti
ting
ng
WSW13 Modem setting
WSW1
SW14 AUTO ANS
ANS facility setting
WSW15 Redial ffa
acility se
setting
WSW16 Function setting 1
WSW17 Function setting 2
WSW18 Function setting 3
WSW1
WSW19
9 Tra
ran
nsmis
mission s
sp
pee
eed
d se
setting

WSW20
WSW20 Over
Overse
seas
as co
comm
mmun
unic
icat
atio
ions
ns mode
mode sett
settin
ing
g
WSW21 TAD setting 1
WSW2
WSW22
2 ECM
ECM and
and ca
call
ll wait
waitin
ing
g cal
calle
lerr IID
D set
setti
ting
ng
WSW23 Communications s et
etting
WSW24 TAD setting 2
WSW25 TAD setting 3
WSW26 Function setting 4
WSW27 Function setting 5
WSW28 Function setting 6
WSW29 Function setting 7
WSW30 Function setting 8
WSW31 Function setting 9
WSW32 Function setting 10

WSW33 Function setting 11

WSW34 Function setting 12
WSW35 Function setting 13

4-10 Confidential

WSW No. Function

WSW36 Function setting 14
WSW37 Function setting 15
WSW
WSW38 V.34 transmission se
setting
WSW3
WSW39
9 V.
V.34
34 tr
tran
ansm
smis
issi
sion
on sp
spee
eed
d se
sett
ttin
ing
g
WSW40 V.34 modem setting
WSW4
WSW41
1 ON-d
ON-dururat
atio
ion
n of
of tthe
he sc
scan
anni
ning
ng li
ligh
ghtt sou
sourc
rce
e
WSW42 Internet m
maail s
se
ettings
WSW43 Function setting 16
WSW44 Speeding u
up
p sc
scanning-1
WSW45 Speeding u
up
p sc
scanning-2
WSW46
WSW46 Monit
Monitor
or of
of p
pow
ower
er O
ON/
N/OFF
OFF st
stat
ate
e and
and para
parall
llel
el port
port kep
keptt at
at hig
high
h
WSW47
WSW47 Swit
Switch
chin
ing
g betw
betwee
een
n 2.0
2.0 High
High-Sp
-Spee
eed
d and
and 1.1
1.1 F
Ful
ull-
l-Sp
Spee
eed
d USB
USB
WSW48 USB setup latency
WSW49 End-of-copying b e
ee
ep
WSW50 SDAA settings
WSW51 Function setting 17
WSW52 Function setting 18
WSW53 Function setting 19
WSW54 Function setting 20
WSW55
WSW55 In
Inte
terv
rval
al of
of time
time requi
require
red
d for the
the dev
devel
elop
opin
ing
g bias
bias vol
volta
tage
ge c
cor
orre
rect
ction
ion
WSW56 Function setting 21
WSW57 Function setting 22
WSW58 Function setting 23
WSW59 Function setting 24
WSW60 Function setting 25
WSW6
WSW61
1 Scan
Scanni
ning
ng li
ligh
ghtt iint
nten
ensi
sity
ty to
to jud
judge
ge to be stab
stable
le 1
WSW6
WSW62
2 Scan
Scanni
ning
ng li
ligh
ghtt iint
nten
ensi
sity
ty to
to jud
judge
ge to be stab
stable
le 2
WSW63 Function setting 26
WSW6
WSW64
4 Sett
Settin
ing
g the
the la
lang
ngua
uage
ge / def
defau
ault
lt pa
pape
perr siz
size
e
WSW6
WSW65
5 Sett
ttiing the paper
aper support
WSW6
WSW66
6 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW6
WSW67
7 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW68
WSW68 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW6
WSW69
9 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW7
WSW70
0 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW7
WSW71
1 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW7
WSW72
2 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW7
WSW73
3 Rese
Reserv
rved
ed (C
(Cha
hang
nge
e of
of the
the set
setti
ting
ng is pr
proh
ohib
ibit
ited
ed))
WSW74 ADF st
stop co
control
WSW75
WSW75 Fe
Feed
ed par
param
amet
eter
er to
to chan
change
ge the
the doc
docum
umen
entt coun
countt for
for dupl
duplex
ex sca
scann
nnin
ing
g
Set the limit for the number of documents to be ejected in reverse order
WSW76
for simplex scanning
Set the limit for the number of documents to be ejected in reverse order
WSW77
for duplex scanning from ADF
WSW78
WSW78 Reco
Recordi
rding
ng st
stop
op fu
func
nctio
tion
n whe
when
n the
the dru
drum
m reac
reache
hes
s the
the end
end o
off lif
life
e
WSW79 Function setting 27
Refer to the separate manual for details of worker switches.

4-11 Confidential

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [1] and [0] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 10”
10” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.

(2) “WSW00”
“WSW00” is displ
displaye
ayedd on tthe
he LCD.
LCD.
Numeric key pad models
Enter the worker switch number that you want to change the setting.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
esss the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y the
the worke
workerr swit
switch
ch n
num
umbe
berr that
that y
you
ou w
wan
antt to set
set o
on
n
the LCD and press the [OK] button.
(3) The displ
display
ay sho
shown
wn below
below ap
appear
pears
s on the LCD.
LCD.
Selector No. 1 Selector No. 8

WSWXX = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
esss the
the [ ] or [ ] butto
buttonn to mov
movee the
the curs
cursor
or to
to th
the
e desi
desire
red
d selec
selecto
torr, and
and chan
change
ge the
the
setting by pressing the [1] or [0] button.
Non-numeric key pad models
Se
Sett the
the va
valu
lue
e by
by pre
press
ssin
ing
g tthe
he [ ]o
orr [ ]b
but
utto
ton.
n.
(4) When changing
changing the setting
setting is
is completed,
completed, press
press the [OK] button.
button. The ne
new
w selector
selector settin
setting
g
value is stored in the EEPROM, and an d the LCD returns to the ready state for worker switch
number entry ([WSW00]).
(5) When worker
worker switch setting
setting is completed,
completed, press
press the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button to retu
return
rn the
machine to the initial state of maintenance mode.

Note:
• To cancel operation and return to the initial state of maintenance mode, press the
[Stop/Exit] button.
• After ente
entering
ring the first digit
digit of the number,
number, if there is no entry for one minute or longer on
the two digits firmware switch number selection, the machine returns to the initial state
of maintenance mode automatically.
 4-12 Confidential

[2] Print worker

worker switch
switch (WSW)
(WSW) setting
setting data
data (functi
(function
on code:
code: 11)
11)
<Function>
This function is used to print the setting items of the worker switches and the set details.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
mode
dels
ls

Press the [1] button twice in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butto
button
n to dis
displ
play
ay “MA
“MAIN
INTEN
TENAN
ANCE
CE 11”
11” on
on the
the LCD
LCD and
and press
press the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “PRINTING”
“PRINTING” is displayed
displayed on the LCD and
and the CONFIGURA
CONFIGURATION TION LIST show
shown
n below is
printed. When there is no paper in the paper tray, printing is cancelled.
(3) When printing
printing is complete
completed,
d, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of mai
maintenanc
ntenance
e
mode.
 Fig. 4-3

4-13 Confidential

1.3.7
1.3.7 Check
Check LCD
LCD operat
operation
ion (func
(functio
tion
n code:
code: 12)

<Function>
This function is used to check that the LCD on the control panel is operating normally.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
mode
dels
ls
Press the [1] and [2] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENANANCNCE E 12”
12” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) The LCD appears as in the table below.
below. Each press
press of the
the [S
[Start]
tart] b
button
utton cycles
cycles th
through
rough
the screens as shown in the table below.
(3) When the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button is
is pressed,
pressed, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of
maintenance mode, regardless of the display status.

LCD
DCP-
P-15
15**
** series, MF
MFC-18** series DCP-
P-1
16** series, M
MF
FC-19** se
seri
rie
es

<Display 1> <Display 1>

WiFi LED: OFF

<Display 2> <Display 2>

WiFi LED: OFF

<Display 3> <Display 3>

WiFi LED: OFF

<Display 4>
WiFi LED: ON

<Display 5>
WiFi LED: OFF

Fig. 4-4
 4-14 Confidential

1.3.8 Check
Check control
control panel
panel button
button operation
operation (funct
(function
ion code:
code: 13)
13)

<Function>
This function is used to check that the buttons on the control panel operate normally.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
mode
dels
ls
Press the [1] and [3] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENANANCNCE E 13”
13” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “00” is displaye
displayed
d on the LCD.
LCD. Press the buttons
buttons on the
the control
control panel accordin
accordingg to the
numbers provided on the figure below.
Each time the button is pressed, the corresponding number is displayed on the LCD in
decimal notation. Check that the number displayed on the LCD matches the number
assigned to the button that has been pressed. If the buttons are pressed in the incorrect
order, “INVALID
“INVALID OPERATE” is displayed on the LCD. Pr Press
ess the [Stop/Exit] button, and then
th en
press the correct button.
(3) When button
button operation
operation is normal, the
the machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state of maintenan
maintenance
ce
mode when the last button is pressed. To cancel the operation and return to the initial state
of maintenance mode, press the [Stop/Exit] button.

DCP-15** series, DCP-16** series

Fig. 4-5

MFC-18** series

Fig. 4-6

MFC-19** series

Fig. 4-7
 4-15 Confidential

1.3.9 Display
Display software
software version
version (funct
(function
ion code:
code: 25)

<Function>
This function is used to check the version information of the firmware or programs, or to check
sum information.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [2] and [5] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 25”
25” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “TOTAL:
“TOTAL: Ver
Ver A” is displayed
displayed on the LCD. Pressing
Pressing the [Start]
[Start] but
button
ton chang
changes
es the item
which is displayed as shown in the table below.
(3) When the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button is
is pressed,
pressed, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of
maintenance mode.

LCD Description
TOTAL:Ver A *1 Main firmware version information
((A): revision information)

ENG : Ve
Ver1.00 Engine firmware version information
NET : Ver1.00 Network program version information *2
B1112312359:1234 *1 Boot program creation date
U1112312359:1234 *1 Main firmware creation date
D061
D06113
1301
0111
115:
5:E6
E6C3
C3 De
Demo
mo fi
firm
rmwa
ware
re data
data crea
creati
tion
on date *3
date
F061
6123
2312
123
359:1234 Font ffiirmw
mwar
are creation date *4
e cr
L1112312359:1234 *1*5 Language firmware creation date
ROM Check Sum Check sum self-diagnosis function *6

*1
How to display the check sum information
You can check the check sum information by pressing thet he [OK] button while each
version is displayed. When the [OK] button is pressed again, the LCD returns to the
version display. Pressing the [Start] button changes the item which is displayed.
*2
Network model only
*3
Demo firmware support model only
*4
Font firmware support model only
*5
Not displayed depending on the model
*6
There are two types of check sum information that can be checked with this function.
This function checks if these two types of check sum information match each other.
When the [OK] button is pressed while “ROM Check Sum” is displayed, a check is
automatically conducted for each ROM of each software part. When the check sum
matches, “OK” is displayed on the LCD. When all ROMs result in OK, “ROM Check
Sum OK” is displayed at the end, and the operation is finished. When the check sum
of any ROM does not match, “NG” is displayed, and the display stops.
 4-16 Confidential

1.3.10 Check sensor

sensor operation
operation (function code:
code: 32)

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [3] and [2] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 32”
32” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) The speaker
speaker is tested
tested by vibrating
vibrating at 400Hz
400Hz and 100Hz
100Hz tones repeatedl
repeatedly
y.

Note:
• Press the [O
[OK]
K] button to
to stop the tone
tone from the speaker
speaker..

“CVNTPTPH******” and the state of sensors are displayed on the LCD.

(3) Pressing
Pressing the [St
[Start]
art] button
button displa
displays
ys the next item.
item.
The table below summarizes the displays on the LCD, sensor names and detection
status.

Detection status
LCD Sensor names
(displayed / not displayed)

CV Top cover sensor, Eject sensor Cover closed, Paper set / Cover open, No paper
NT New toner
toner s
sensor, toner *1
ensor, Toner detection sensor Toner set / No toner
PT Paper feed sensor No paper / Paper set
PH Paper printing position sensor No paper / Paper set
30 Internal temperature thermistor *2 Temperature in the machine displayed/
NG (Faulty)
DF Document detection sensor No document / Document set
DR Do
Docu
cume
ment
nt sc
scan
ann
nin
ing
g posi
positi
tion
on se
sens
nsor
or No docu
docum
ment
ent / Do
Docu
cume
ment
nt set
set

Note:
• When the senso
sensorr is turned OFF,
OFF, “--” is displayed
displayed on the LCD.
• When the funct
function
ion is not mounted
mounted or there is no item,
item, “**” is display
displayed
ed on the LCD.

*1
New toner sensor is turned ON or OFF depending on the toner types when the new
toner cartridge is set, therefore, distinction between new and used is not described.
*2
DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series only
(4) Change the
the conditions
conditions subject
subject to sensor
sensor detection
detection and
and check that
that the displ
display
ay on the
LCD changes depending on the sensor status. For example, feed the paper through the
paper feed/paper printing position sensor, create paper jam at the paper exit, or set the
document.
(5) When the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]t] button is pressed,
pressed, this
this operation
operation is finished,
finished, and the machi
machine
ne
returns to the initial state of maintenance mode.
 4-17 Confidential

1.3.11
1.3.11 Display LAN connection status
status (function code: 33)
(Network support model only)

<Function>
This function is used to check the connection status of the wired LAN.

<Operating Procedure>
Non-numeric key pad models Numeric key pad models
(1)
(1) Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [▲] or [▼] button in the initial (1) Press
Press the [3[3]] but
button
ton tw
twice
ice in
in the iinit
nitial
ial
state of maintenance mode to display state of maintenance mode. One of the
"MAINTENANCE 33" on the LCD, and following items is displayed on the LCD
press the [OK] button. One of the depending on the wired LAN connection
following items is displayed on the LCD of the machine.
depending on the wired LAN connection (2) When the the [X] or
or [S
[Stop
top/Exi
/Exit]
t] bu
butto
tton
n is
of the machine. pressed, the machine returns to the
(2) When the
the [Stop
[Stop/Exi
/Exit]
t] button
button is press
pressed,
ed, initial state of maintenance mode.
the machine returns to the initial state of
maintenance mode.

LCD LAN connection status

Active 100B-FD 100B-FD

Active 100B-HD 100B-HD
Active 10B-FD 10B-FD
Active 10B-HD 10B-HD
Inactive Not connected
 4-18 Confidential

1.3.12 Set PC print functions (function code

code:: 43)
(DCP-151*, MFC-181*:
MFC-181*: with fan and without fan)

<Function>
This function is used to change the settings of the various print functions summarized in the
table below.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [4] and [3] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 43”
43” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “Manual
“Manual Feed
Feed”” is displ
displayed
ayed o
on
n the LCD.
LCD.
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butto
button
n to dis
displ
play
ay the
the fun
functi
ction
on you
you w
wan
antt to c
cha
hang
nge
e the
the setti
setting
ng o
of,
f,
and press the [OK] button.
(3
(3)) Fo
Forr fix
fixed
ed para
parame
mete
ters
rs (O
(On/O
n/Off
ff,, etc.
etc.),
), press
press th
the
e[ ] or
or [ ] but
butto
ton
n to di
disp
spla
lay
y the
the setti
setting
ng
you want to apply, and press the [OK] button.
Numeric key pad models
For parameters requiring numerical value entry, use the numeric key pad to enter a

numerical value, and press the [OK] button.

Non-numeric key pad models
For par
parame
ameters
ters requir
requiring
ing num
numeri
erical
cal value
value e
entr
ntry
y, press
press the [ ] or [ ] bu
button
tton to c
chan
hange
ge a
value and display the value you want to apply, and press the [OK] button.
(4) Press the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button to return
return the machine to the
the initial state
state of mainte
maintenance
nance
mode.

Setting functions
LCD Description Set value Default
Manual Feed Manual feed setting On/Off O ff
JB-
B-C
Can Ti
Time Time unt
untiil h
ho
ost ttiimeout after 0 to 255 seconds 4 seconds
a job is canceled
Sleep T
Tiime Time until engine sleep mode 0 to 99 minutes 5 minutes
is entered
Auto I/F Time Interface open time setting 1 to 99 seconds 5 seconds
P-Po
P-Pos
s X-O
X-Off
ffse
sett Pr
Prin
intt p
pos
osit
itio
ion
n off
offse
sett iin
nX -500 to 500 (1/300 dpi) 0
(landscape) direction (1/300 dpi)
P-Po
P-Pos
s Y-O
Y-Off
ffse
sett Pr
Prin
intt p
pos
osit
itio
ion
n off
offse
sett iin
nY -500 to 500 (1/300 dpi) 0
(portrait) direction (1/300 dpi)
 4-19 Confidential

Detailed description

LCD Detail description

Manu
Manual
al Feed
Feed Val
Valid fo
forr prin
printi
ting
ng fr
from
om th
the
e co
comp
mput
ute
er, an
and
d for
for pr
prin
inti
ting
ng Ne
NetW
tWor
orkC
kCon
onfi
fig,
g,
TestPrint, Fontlist, or Configuration from the panel. When the tray is
selected on the computer, the setting on the computer supersedes
the setting on the LCD.

JB-Can Time Sets th

the time un
until the host timeout after
ter a job is c
ca
anceled. The
setting unit is on the second time scale.
Sleep Time Sets the time until the sleep mode is entered. The Function Menu
setting will also be changed.
Auto I/F Time Change the interface open time. This setting becomes valid when
PC print is instructed, and becomes invalid when PC-Scan or
Remote-SetUp is instructed.
P-
P-Po
Pos
s X-O
X-Off
ffse
sett Sets
Sets th
the
e prin
printt p
pos
osit
itio
ion
n off
offse
sett in the
the X ((la
land
ndsc
scap
ape)
e) di
dire
rect
ctio
ion.
n. Vali
Valid
d for
for
printing from the computer only. When the X-Offset is set on the
computer, the setting on the computer supersedes the setting settin g on the
LCD.
P-
P-Po
Pos
s Y-Of
Y-Offs
fset
et Se
Sets
ts th
the
ep pri
rint
nt po
posi
siti
tion
on offs
offset
et in the
the Y (p
(por
ortr
trai
ait)
t) di
dire
rect
ctio
ion.
n. Vali
Validd for
for
printing from the computer only. When the Y-Offset is set on the
computer, the setting on the computer supersedes the setting settin g on the
LCD.
 4-20 Confidential

1.3.13 Change USB No. return value

value (function code:
code: 45)

Change USB No. return value

<Function>
When the operating system (OS) installed on the computer is Windows Vista®, and the
machine is connected to this computer using USB2.0FULL, the OS may not be able to obtain
the USB device serial number depending on the computer and USB device. If the serial
number cannot be obtained, the number of devices increases each time the device is
connected to the computer. To avoid this problem, setting this function to “USBNo.=ON” can
fix the USB No. return value to “0”.

LCD Description
USBNo. = ON Return “0”.
USBNo. = OFF Return th
the se
serial n
nu
umber of
of th
the ma
machine. ((D
Default)
The setting currently selected is marked “*” at the end of the display.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [4] and [5] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 45”
45” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “USBNo.”
“USBNo.” is dis
displaye
played
d on the LCD.
LCD. Press
Press the [Start]
[Start] button.
button.
(3
(3)) “U
“USB
SBNoNo.=
.=ON
ON”” is di
disp
spla
laye
yed
d on th
the
e LCD
LCD.. Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or
or [ ] b
but
utto
ton
n to di
disp
spla
lay
y
“USBNo.=ON” when fixing the serial number return value to “0” or “USBNo.=OFF” when
not fixing it.
(4) Press the [Start]
[Start] button.
button. “Accepted”
“Accepted” is displaye
displayed
d on the LCD, and the
the machine re
returns
turns to
the initial state of maintenance mode.
(5) Tu
Turn
rn OFF the power
power switch.
switch.

Note:
• The settin
setting
g is applied after
after the power switch
switch is turned
turned OFF and then ON again.
again.
 4-21 Confidential

1.3.14 Set country / language (function

(function code: 52)

<Function>
This function is user accessible, and is used to customize the EEPROM's language, function
settings, and firmware switch settings.

Note:
• This funct
function
ion can be used only in the following
following nations:
nations: France and neighboring
neighboring
countries, Pan-Nordic, East Europe, Oceania, Iberia.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [5] and [2] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 52”
52” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “Set Country”
Country” is display
displayed
ed on the LCD
LCD,, and names of
of country in
in their res
respectiv
pective
e
language follow.
(3) Press the [OK]
[OK] button ifif the displayed
displayed country
country is correct.
correct. T
The
he EEPROM is
is now

customized, and the machine returns to the ready state.

German
Oceania Pan-Nordic East Europe
Austria
Deutschland Australia Norge österreich
österreich New Zealand Suerige Cheska republika
Suomi Magyaroraz g
Danmark Polska
Others
Rom nia
Slovensko
Others
 4-22 Confidential

1.3.15 Transfer
Transfer received fax data
data / log information (function code: 53)

<Function>
When the machine is unable to print the received fax data due to an error in the printing
mechanism, this function is used to transfer the data to another machine. The
communication management report, communication list, or machine log information can also
be transferred.

Note:
• The number of fil files
es that can be transferred
transferred in one operatio
operation
n is up to 99. When there are
100 or more files, the operating procedure below must be performed several times to
transfer all files.
• When there are both colcolor
or data files and monochrome
monochrome dat data
a files, monochrome
monochrome data file
files
s
are transferred first. When the color
co lor function is not supported by the receiving machine,
color data files cannot be transferred and an error occurs.

<Operating Procedure>
(1) Press the [5] and
and [3] buttons in this
this order in the initial
initial state
state of maintena
maintenance
nce mode. “F
“FAX
AX
TRANSFER” is displayed on the LCD.
• To check the
the number of
of files received,
received, press
press the [1] button.
button. ““1.
1. NO. OF JOB
JOBS”
S” is
displayed on the LCD. Press the [OK] button, and the number of files received is
displayed, for example, “NO. OF JOBS: 10”.
• To transfer
transfer only the communi
communication
cation manageme
management
nt report,
report, press the
the [2] butto
button.
n.
“2. ACTIVITY” is displayed on the LCD.
• To transfer
transfer the received
received data, press
press the [3] button.
button. (The communicati
communication
on managem
management
ent
report is also transferred.)
“3. DOCUMENTS” is displayed on the LCD. If there are no received files, “NO
DOCUMENTS” is displayed.
• To transfer the communic
communication
ation lis
listt (latest communica
communication
tion informatio
information),
n), press the [4
[4]]
button. “4. COM.LIST (NEW)” is displayed.
• To transfer the
the communication
communication list
list (information
(information for the past
past three errors),
errors), press the
the [5]
button. “5. COM.LIST (ERR3)” is displayed on the LCD.
• To transfer
transfer the maintenance
maintenance information
information (list
(list printed
printed by function code
code 77), press th
the
e
[6] button. “6. MNT77LIST” is displayed on the LCD.
(2
(2)) Pre ss the [OK] button while “2. ACTIVITY”, “3. DOCUMENTS”, “4. COM.LIST (NEW)”, “5.
ress
COM.LIST (ERR3)”, or “6. MNT77LIST” is displayed on the LCD. “ENTER NO. & SET” is
displayed on the LCD.
(3) Enter the telepho
telephone
ne number of
of the receiving
receiving machine,
machine, and
and press the [OK]
[OK] button a
again.
gain.
(4) “Accepted”
“Accepted” is displayed
displayed for two seconds,
seconds, and
and the machine
machine starts dialing
dialing to transfer
transfer the
data.

Note:
• Be sure to enter the telepho
telephone
ne number using the numerical
numerical buttons.
buttons. One-touc
One-touch
h dialing
is not allowed in this procedure.
• No station ID will be attached to the data which is transferred. Instead, a cover page

and end page as shown on the next page will be automatically attached.
 4-23 Confidential

Job number to identify the transmission

Total number of pages to be transferred
Station ID registered in the sender machine
Fax number of the sender machine
Telephone number of the sender machine
Transfer date and time
Model code
Boot ROM information
ROM information
Serial number

Fig. 4-8

Job number to identify the transmission

Total number of pages to be transferred
Station ID registered in the sender machine
Fax number of the sender machine
Telephone number of the sender machine

Error codes

Fig. 4-9
 4-24 Confidential

1.3.16 Fine-tune scanning

scanning position (function
(function code: 54)

<Function>
This function is used to adjust the scanning start/end positions for the ADF and the document
scanner unit.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [5] and [4] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 54”
54” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “SCAN START
START ADJ.” is displaye
displayed d on the LCD.
LCD.
After two seconds, “ : ADF : FB” is displayed on the LCD. Select the preferred item
to adj
adjus
ustt it
its
s star
startt positi
position
on.. Press
Press [ ] to sel
selec
ectt the ADF
ADF a
and
nd [ ] to se
sele
lect
ct tthe
he do
docu
cume
ment
nt
scanner unit.
(3) The current
current scanning
scanning position
position compensati
compensation
on level is
is displayed
displayed on the LC
LCD.
D.
(Compensation levels can be adjusted in 101 steps from 50 to -50.)
(4) Press
Press the
the [ ] button
button to
to adjust
adjust tthe he compe
compensa
nsatio
tion
n level
level to the p
posi
ositiv
tive
e di
direct
rection
ion or
or pre
press
ss
the [ ] button
button to adju
adjust
st itit to tthe
he nega
negativ
tive
e direc
directio
tion.
n.
(5) Press the [OK]
[OK] button. “Accept
“Accepted”
ed” is displayed
displayed on the
the LCD, and the
the machi
machine
ne returns
returns to
the initial state of maintenance mode.

1.3.17 Acquire white level

level data and set
set CIS scan area (function
(function code: 55)

<Function>
This function is used to obtain the white level of the CIS unit, and store this data and the scan
area in the EEPROM of the main PCB.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [5] button twice in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 55”
55” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) If an error
error occurs
occurs in the machine
machine,, “ME AF STOP”
STOP” is display
displayed
ed on the LCD.
Press [ ], [ ], [ ] and [ ] buttons in this order.
If there is no error in the machine, proceed to step (3).
(3) Press the [Start]
[Start] button.
button. “SCANNER
“SCANNER AREA SET” is displayed
displayed on ththe
e LCD, and the white
white
level data is obtained.
After several seconds, the compensation value for the w white
hite level data/scanning width
width is
stored in the EEPROM, and the machine returns to the initial state of maintenance
mode. If any error is detected during this operation, “SCANNER ERROR” is displayed
on the LCD.
In this case, turn the power switch of the machine OFF and do repairs in reference to
chapter 1.
 4-25 Confidential

1.3.18
1.3.18 Print test
test (function
(function code: 67)

<Function>
This function is used to conduct paper feed and eject tests while printing patterns.

<Operating Procedure>
DCP-15** series, MFC-18** series
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [6] and [7] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 67”
67” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “PAPER
“PAPER FEED TEST
TEST”” is displayed
displayed on the LCD
LCD and the
the lattice
lattice pattern iis
s printed
printed
continuously.
(3) Press the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button to stop
stop printing.
printing. Printing of the
the test pattern
pattern is stopped,
stopped, and
the machine returns to the initial state of maintenance mode.
 4-26 Confidential

DCP-16** series MFC-19** series

(1)
(1) Pr
Pres
esss the
the [▲] or [▼] button in the initial (1) Press
Press the [[6],
6], a
and
nd the
then
n the [[7]
7] bu
button
tton iin
n
state of maintenance mode to display the initial state of maintenance mode.
"MAINTENANCE 67" on the LCD, and "SELECT: K 100%" is displayed on the
press the [OK] button. "SELECT
"SELECT:: K LCD.
100%" is displayed on the LCD. (2)
(2) Refer the <Print pattern> table,
efer to the table, press
(2)
(2) Refe
Referr to he <Print pattern> table,
to tth table, press the [▲] or [▼] button to select the print
the [▲] or [▼] button to select the print pattern, and press the [OK] button.
pattern, and press the [OK] button. "SELECT:: A4" is displayed on the LCD.
"SELECT
"SELECT:: A4" is displayed on the LCD.
"SELECT (3)
(3) Refer the <Paper size> table,
efer to the table, press
(3)
(3) Refe
Referr to
to tth
he <Paper size> table,
table, press the [▲] or [▼] button to select the paper
the [▲] or [▼] button to select the paper size, and press the [OK] button.
size, and press the [OK] button. "SELECT:: PLAIN" is displayed on the
"SELECT
"SELECT:: PLAIN" is displayed on the
"SELECT LCD.
LCD. (4)
(4) Refer
efer to the
the <Print specification> table
table,,
(4)
(4) Refe
Referr to he <Print specification> table
to tth table,, press the [▲] or [▼] button to select the
press the [▲] or [▼] button to select the media specification, and press the [OK]
media specification, and press the [OK] button. "SELECT: 1 PAGE" is displayed
button. "SELECT: 1 PAGE" is displayed on the LCD.
on the LCD. (5)
(5) Refer
efer to the table,, press
the <Print page> table
(5)
(5) Refe
Referr to
to tth
he <Print page> table,
table, press the [▲] or [▼] button to select the print
the [▲] or [▼] button to select the pages page, and press the [OK] button. For
printing, and press the [OK] button. For intermittent pattern printing, "SELECT:
intermittent pattern printing, "SELECT:
"SELECT: 1P/JOB" is displayed on the LCD. For
1P/JOB" is displayed on the LCD. For other printing, move on to the procedure
other printing, proceed to the procedure (7).
(7). (6)
(6) Refe
Referr tto
o the
the <Number of pages per job>
(6)
(6) Refe
Referr to he <Number of pages per job>
to tthe table,, press the [▲] or [▼] button to
table
table,, press the [▲] or [▼] button to
table select the number of pages for 1 job,
select the number of pages for 1 job, and press the [OK] button. (Only for
and press the [OK] button. (Only for intermittent pattern printing)
intermittent pattern printing) (7) "PAPER
"PAPER FEED TEST
TEST"" is d
disp
isplay
layed
ed on
(7) "P
"PAPER
APER FEED TEST"
TEST" is disp
display
layed
ed on the LCD, and printing test pattern starts
the LCD, and printing test pattern starts using the selected conditions.
using the selected conditions. (8) When you
you pre
press
ss the [Stop/
[Stop/Exi
Exit]
t] button
button,,
(8) When you
you press
press the [St
[Stop/
op/Exi
Exit]
t] button,
button, test pattern printing is stopped, and the
test pattern printing is stopped, and the machine returns to the initial state of
machine returns to the initial state of maintenance mode.
maintenance mode.
 4-27 Confidential

<Print pattern>
LCD Description
SELECT:K 100% 100% solid printing
SELECT:W 100% No printing
SELECT:K 1% 1% intermittent pattern printing *
SELECT:K 5% 5% intermittent pattern printing *

SELECT:Lattice Lattice pr
printing
SELECT:Total Print total pattern
* For job printing, up to 500 sheets for single-side printing, and 1,000 pages
for duplex printing.
<Paper size>
LCD Description
SELECT:A4 A4
SELECT:LETTER Letter
SELECT:ISOB5 ISO B5
SELECT:A5 A5
SELECT:A5L A5L
SELECT:EXECUTE Executive size
SELECT:LEGAL Legal size
SELECT:FOLIO Folio size
<Print specification>
LCD Description
SELECT:PLAIN Plain paper
SELE
SELECT
CT:R
:REC
ECYC
YCLE
LED
D Rec
ecyc
ycle
led
d pap
paper
er
<Print page>
LCD Description
SELECT:1PAGE 1-page printing
SELE
SELECT
CT:C
:CON
ONTI
TINU
NUE
E Cont
Contin
inuo
uous
us pri
print
ntin
ing
g
SELECT:JOB Intermittent printing per job
<Number of pages per job>
LCD Description

SELECT:1P/JOB Prints 1 page per job

SELECT:2P/JOB Prints 2 pages per job
SELECT:5P/JOB Prints 5 pages per job
 4-28 Confidential

1.3.19 Print frame pattern

pattern (single-side printing)
printing) (function code: 69)

<Function>
This function is used to print a frame pattern on a single side of the paper and to check for
printing flaws.

<Operating Procedure>
Be sure to set letter size paper for test pattern printing before commencing the following
procedure.
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [6] and [9] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 69”
69” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “PRINTING”
“PRINTING” is displaye
displayed
d on the LCD,
LCD, and the frame
frame pattern
pattern is pri
printed
nted on a single
single side o
off
the paper.
When printing is completed, “WAKU SX” is displayed on the LCD.

Note:
• If printing fai
fails,
ls, printing
printing is stopped and one of the errors
errors shown in the table below
below is

displayed. To
To retry printing, refer to the “Remedy” in the table below to eliminate the
cause of the error, and press the [Start] button.

(3) To print the fframe

rame pattern
pattern again,
again, press the
the [Start]
[Start] button.
button.
(4) When the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button is
is pressed,
pressed, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of
maintenance mode.

Error display
LCD Remedy
TONER EMPTY Replace the toner cartridge.
Cover is Open Close the top cover.
No Paper Set paper in the paper tray.
Jam Tray1 Remove the jammed paper.
Jam Rear Remove the jammed paper.

Print pattern
 Fig. 4-10

4-29 Confidential

1.3.20 Print test pattern (function code: 71)

<Function>
This function is used to print a test pattern to check whether the developer roller or exposure
drum is dirty or damaged.

<Operating Procedure>
DCP-15** series, MFC-18** series
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [7] and [1] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 71”
71” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “PRINTING”
“PRINTING” is displayed
displayed on
on the LCD, and
and the 2D3S pattern
pattern is printed
printed on a single
single side
side of
the paper.
When printing is completed, “2D3S K” is displayed on the LCD.
(3) To print the 2
2D3S
D3S pattern
pattern again,
again, press the
the [Start]
[Start] button.
button.
(4) When the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button is
is pressed,
pressed, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of
maintenance mode.

Note:
• If printing fai
fails,
ls, printing
printing is stopped and one of the errors
errors shown in the table below
below is
displayed. ToTo retry printing, refer to the “Remedy” in the table below to eliminate the
cause of the error, and press the [Start] button.
 4-30 Confidential

DCP-16** series MFC-19** series

(1
(1)) Pres
Press s th
the
e [▲] or [▼] button in the (1) Press
Press the
the [7]
[7],, and then
then tthe
he [1]
[1] but
button
ton
initial state of maintenance mode to in the initial state of maintenance
display "MAINTENANCE 71" on the mode. "SELECT: LETTER" is
LCD, and press the [OK] button. displayed on the LCD.
"SELECT:: LETTER" is displayed on
"SELECT (2)
(2) Refer the <Paper size> table,
efer to the table, press
the LCD. the [▲] or [▼] button to select the
(2
(2)) Refe
Referr to
to the
the <Paper size> table,
table, press paper size, and press the [OK] button.
the [▲] or [▼] button to select the "SELECT:: PLAIN" is displayed on the
"SELECT
paper size, and press the [OK] button. LCD.
"SELECT: PLAIN" is displayed on the (3)
(3) Refer
efer to the
the <Print specification>
LCD. table,, press the [▲] or [▼] button to
table
(3
(3)) Refe
Referr to th
the
e <Print specification> select the media specification, and
table,, press the [▲] or [▼] button to
table press the [OK] button. "SELECT:
"SELECT: 1
select the media specification, and PAGE" is displayed on the LCD.
press the [OK] button. "SELECT:
"SELECT: 1 (4)
(4) Refer
efer to the table,, press
the <Print page> table
PAGE" is displayed on the LCD. the [▲] or [▼] button to select the
(4
(4)) Refe
Referr to the <Print page> table,
the table, press print page, and press the [OK] button.
the [▲] or [▼] button to select the "PRINTING" is displayed on the LCD,

print page, and

"PRINTING" press the on
is displayed [OK] button.
the LCD, and printing test
the selected pattern starts using
conditions.
and printing test pattern starts using (5) When
When printing
printing iis
s comple
completed,
ted, "2D3
"2D3SS K"
the selected conditions. is displayed on the LCD, and it returns
(5) When printing
printing is
is complet
completed,
ed, "2D3
"2D3SS K" to the printing pattern display. Press
is displayed on the LCD, and it returns the [Start] button to perform this again.
to the printing pattern display. Press (6) When
When the [Stop
[Stop/Exi
/Exit]
t] b
butto
utton
n is
the [Start] button to perform this again. pressed, the machine returns to the
(6) When the [[StStop/
op/Exit
Exit]] button
button is
is initial state of maintenance mode.
pressed, the machine returns to the
initial state of maintenance mode.

<Paper size>
LCD Description

SELECT:LETTER Letter
SELECT:A4 A4
SELECT:ISOB5 ISO B5
SELECT:A5 A5
SELECT:A5L A5L
SELECT:EXECUTE Executive size
SELECT:LEGAL Legal size
SELECT:FOLIO Folio size
<Print specification>
LCD Description
SELECT:PLAIN Plain paper
SELE
SELECT
CT:R
:REC
ECYC
YCLE
LED
D Rec
ecyc
ycle
led
d pap
paper
er
<Print page>
 LCD Description
SELECT:1PAGE 1-page printing
SELE
SELECT
CT:C
:CON
ONTI
TINU
NUE
E Cont
Contin
inuo
uous
us prin
printi
ting
ng

4-31 Confidential

Error display
LCD Remedy
TONER EMPTY Replace the toner cartridge.
Cover is Open Close the top cover.
No Paper Set paper in the paper tray.
Jam Tray1 Remove the jammed paper.
Jam Rear Remove the jammed paper.

Print pattern

Fig. 4-11
 4-32 Confidential

1.3.21 Setting by country (function code:

code: 74)

<Function>
This function is used to customize the machine according to language, function settings, and
worker switch settings.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [7] and [4] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 74”
74” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) The country
country code currentl
currently
y set is displayed
displayed on the
the LCD. Enter
Enter the country
country code you want
want
to set.
(3) Press the [Start]
[Start] button.
button. The new setting
setting is saved, and
and “PARAMETER
“PARAMETER INIT”
INIT” is displayed
displayed
on the LCD. Then the machine returns to the initial state of maintenance mode.
(4) When the [Stop/Ex
[Stop/Exit]
it] button is pressed
pressed during
during setting,
setting, the machine
machine returns to the initial
initial
state of maintenance mode without saving any changes that have been made.

Note:
• If there is no entry for one minute or longer,
longer, the machine returns to the initial state of
maintenance mode automatically, regardless of the display status.

Setting by country code list

<Models without fan>
MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)
Australia/
0006 - -
New Zealand
Belgium 1008 - -
France 1004 - -
Austria 8014
Germany 0053
Germany 8003
Iberia 1004
Indonesia 0040
Italy 1004
-
- -
-
DCP-1510 Korea 0040 - -
Malaysia 0040 - -
Middle East And
0041 - -
North Africa
Netherlands 1004 - -
Pan-Nordic 1007 - -
Switzerland 1004 - -
Taiwan 0023 - -
UAE 0041 - -
UK 1004 - -
CEE-General 1037 - -
DCP-1510E
DCP 1510E Poland 0039
The above information is as of March 2016. Please confirm the latest firmware information
- -
which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.

4-33 Confidential

MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)

DCP-1510R Russia 0048 - -
Turkey 0025 - -
DCP-1511
Vietnam 0019 - -
Argentina 0136 - -
Brazil 0142 - -
Chile 0136
France 1105
-
Austria
-
8114
Germany 0153
DCP-1512 Germany 8103
Italy 1105 - -
Mexico 0136 - -
Pan-Nordic 1107 - -
Peru 0136 - -
UK 1104 - -
CEE-General 1137 - -
DCP-1512E
Poland 0139 - -
DCP-1512R Russia 0148 - -
DCP-1518 China 0020 - -
Australia 8006
Australia/
New Zealand 0056 New Zealand 8027
Belgium 0008 - -
France 0005 - -
Austria 8014
Germany 0053
Germany 8003
Portugal 8018
Iberia 0065
Spain 8015
Indonesia 0040 - -
MFC-1810 Italy 0016 - -
Korea 0040 - -
Malaysia 0040 - -
Mexico 0046 - -
Middle East And
0041 - -
North Africa
Netherlands 0009
Switzerland 0010
-
- -
-
UAE 0041 - -
UK 0004 - -
Bulgaria 8032
Croatia 8081
Czecho 8037
Hungary 8038
CEE-General 0088
MFC-1810E Romania 8033
Slovakia 8030
Slovenia 8082
Others 8050
Poland 0039 - -
MFC-1810R Russia 0048
The above information is as of March 2016. Please confirm the latest firmware information
- -
which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.

4-34 Confidential

MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)

Turkey 0025 - -
MFC-1811
Vietnam 0019 - -
MFC-1813 China 0020 - -
Argentina 0136 - -
Indonesia 0140 - -
Korea 0140
Malaysia 0140
MFC-1815 Middle East And
0141
-
- -
-
North Africa
Taiwan 0123 - -
Turkey 0125 - -
UAE 0141 - -
MFC-1815R Russia 0148 - -
MFC-1818 China 0120 - -
The above information is as of March 2016. Please confirm the latest firmware information
which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.
 4-35 Confidential

<Models with fan>

MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)
Australia/
8006 - -
New Zealand
Belgium 9008 - -
France 9004 - -
Austria 8014
Germany 8053 Germany 8003
Iberia 9004 - -
Indonesia 8040 - -
Israel 9004 - -
Italy 9004 - -
DCP-1510
Korea 8040 - -
Malaysia 8040 - -
Middle East And
8041 - -
North Africa
Netherlands 9004 - -
Pan-Nordic 9007 - -
Switzerland 9004 - -
Taiwan 8023 - -
UAE 8041 - -
UK 9004
CEE-General 9037
DCP-1510E - -
Poland 8039 - -
DCP-1510R Russia 8048 - -
Turkey 8025 - -
DCP-1511
Vietnam 8019 - -
Argentina 8136 - -
Brazil 8142 - -
Canada 8102 - -
Chile 8136 - -
France 9105 - -
Austria 8114
DCP-1512 Germany 8153
Germany 8103
Italy 9105 - -
Mexico 8136
Pan-Nordic 9107
Peru 8136 - -
UK 9104 - -
CEE-General 9137 - -
DCP-1512E
Poland 8139 - -
DCP-1512R Russia 8148 - -
DCP-1514 India 8045 - -
DCP-1519 China 8020 - -
The above information is as of March 2016. Please confirm the latest firmware information
which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.
 4-36 Confidential

MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)

Australia/ Australia 8006
8056
New Zealand New Zealand 8027
Belgium 8008 - -
France 8005 - -
Austria 8014
Germany 8053
Germany 8003
Portugal 8018
Iberia 8065
Spain 8015
Indonesia 8040 - -
MFC-1810 Israel 8004 - -
Italy 8016 - -
Korea 8040 - -
Malaysia 8040 - -
Mexico 8046 - -
Middle East And
8041 - -
North Africa
Netherlands 8009 - -
Switzerland 8010 - -
UK 8004 - -
Bulgaria 8032
Croatia 8081
Czecho 8037
Hungary 8038
CEE-General 8088
MFC-1810E Romania 8033
Slovakia 8030
Slovenia 8082
Others 8050
Poland 8039 - -
MFC-1810R Russia 8048 - -
Turkey 8025 - -
MFC-1811
Vietnam 8019 - -
MFC-1814 India 8045 - -
Argentina 8136 - -
Indonesia 8140 - -
Korea 8140
- -
Malaysia 8140
MFC-1815 Middle East And - -
8141 - -
North Africa
Taiwan 8123 - -
Turkey 8125 - -
UAE 8141 - -
MFC-1815R Russia 8148 - -
MFC-1816 China 8020 - -
MFC-1819 China 8120 - -
The above information is as of March 2016. Please confirm the latest firmware information
which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.
 4-37 Confidential

MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)

Australia/
0006 - -
New Zealand
Belgium 1008 - -
France 1004 - -
Austria 0014
Germany 0053
Germany 0003
Iberia 1004
Israel 1004 - -
Italy 1004 - -
DCP-1600 Korea 0040 - -
Malaysia 0040 - -
Middle East And
0041 - -
North Africa
Netherlands 1004 - -
Pan-Nordic 1007 - -
Switzerland 1004 - -
Taiwan 0023 - -
UAE 0041 - -
UK 1004 - -
CEE-General 1037 - -
DCP-1600E
Poland 0039
DCP-1600R Russia 0048
India 0045
- -
DCP-1601 Indonesia 0029 - -
Vietnam 0019 - -
Argentina 0136 - -
Brazil 0142 - -
Chile 0136 - -
DCP-1602
0136 - -
Mexico *
0146 - -
Peru 0136 - -
DCP-1602R Russia 0148 - -
DCP-1608 China 0020 - -
DCP-1619 China 0020 - -
MFC-1900 Mexico 0046
- -
Indonesia 0029
MFC-1901
Vietnam 0019 - -
Argentina 0136 - -
MFC-1905
Indonesia 0129 - -
MFC-1906 China 0020 - -
MFC-1908 China 0120 - -
* Enter spec co
code
de 0136 for main firmware
firmware version
version A, and spec code
code 0146 for main
firmware version B or later.
The above information is as of March 2016. Please confirm the latest firmware information
which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.
 4-38 Confidential

MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)

Australia/
0006 - -
New Zealand
Belgium 0008 - -
France 1004 - -
Austria 0014
Germany 0053
Germany 0003
Iberia 1004
Israel 1004 - -
Italy 1004 - -
Korea 0144 - -
Malaysia 0140 - -
DCP-1610W
Middle East And
0141 Gulf 0126
North Africa
- -
Netherlands 1004 - -
- -
Pan-Nordic 1004 - -
South Africa 0141 - -
Taiwan 0123 - -
Thailand 0140 - -
UAE 0141
UK 1004

DCP-1610WE
CEE-General 1137
- -
Poland 0139 - -
DCP-1610WR Russia 0148 - -
Canada 0002 - -
France 1104 - -
Austria 0114
Germany 0153
Germany 0103
DCP-1612W Iberia 1104 - -
Italy 1104 - -
Pan-Nordic 1104 - -
Switzerland 1104 - -
UK 1104 - -
DCP-1612WE Poland 0039
- -
DCP-1612WR Russia 0148
DCP-1615NW Philippines 0021 - -
India 0045 - -
DCP-1616NW Indonesia 0029 - -
Vietnam 0019 - -
Argentina 0036 - -
Brazil 0042 - -
DCP-1617NW Chile 0036 - -
Mexico 0046 - -
Peru 0036 - -
DCP-1618W Ch
China 0020 - -
DCP-1622WE Poland 0239 - -
DCP-1623WE CEE-General 1337 - -
DCP-1623WR Russia 0348 - -
The above information is as of February 2019. Please confirm the latest firmware
information which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.

4-39 Confidential

MODEL Spec Code Spec Code (Detail)

Australia/ Australia 0006
0056
New Zealand New Zealand 0027
Belgium 0008 - -
France 0005 - -
Austria 0014
Germany 0053
Germany 0003
Portugal 0018
Iberia 0065
Spain 0015
Israel 0004 - -
Italy 0016 - -
MFC-1910W
Korea 0044 - -
Malaysia 0040 - -
Middle East And
0041 - -
North Africa
Netherlands 0009 - -
South Africa 0024 - -
Taiwan 0023 - -
Thailand 0040 - -
UAE 0041 - -
UK 0004 - -
Bulgaria 0032
Croatia 0081
Czecho 0037
Hungary 0038
CEE-General 0088
MFC-1910WE Romania 0033
Slovakia 0086
Slovenia 0082
Others 0050
Poland 0039 - -
India 0145 - -
MFC-1911NW
Indonesia 0129 - -
MFC-1911W Turkey 0025 Turkey 0025
MFC-1912WR Russia 0048 - -
Middle East And
0241 Gulf 0241
MFC-1915W North Africa
UAE 0241
MFC-1916NW Vietnam 0319 - -
MFC-1919NW China 0020 - -
The above information is as of March 2016. Please confirm the latest firmware information
which is available from your local Brother Customer Service.
 4-40 Confidential

1.3.22 Print maintenance

maintenance information
information (function code: 77)

<Function>
This function is used to print the maintenance information, such as the remaining amount of
consumables, number of replacements, and counter values (refer to the next page).
page).

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [7] button twice in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 77”
77” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) Printing
Printing maintenance
maintenance information
information starts.
starts. When
When printing
printing is completed,
completed, the machin
machine
e returns
to the initial state of maintenance mode.

Print pattern
DCP-15** series, MFC-18** series
 Fig. 4-12

4-41 Confidential

Model name Rotations of the developer roller of

1 31
currently set toner cartridge
Printed date Rotations of the developer roller of
2 32
previously set toner cartridge
3 Model code 33 Developing bias voltage value
4 Country code / Switch check sum 34 Total printed pages

5 Boot firmware creation date 35 Total copied pages

6 Engine firmware version 36 Total printed PC pages
7 Main firmwa
mware cr
creati
tio
on da
date / Ver
Version 37 Total pri
rin
nted List / Fa
Fax
x page
ages
Main firmware check sum Total input papers of A4 size / Letter
8 38
size / Legal size / Folio size
Language data creation date Total input papers other than A4 size /
9 39
Letter size / Legal size / Folio size
10 Result of RTC check / RTC backup 40 Total number of paper jams
Time before RTC backup / Time after Paper jams that have occurred in Tray /
11 41
RTC backup Machine inside / Paper eject path
WHQL / USB Product ID The number of times that the toner
12 42
cartridge has been replaced
13 Serial number 43 Toner cartridge replacement date
Result of function code 55 Total printed pages of currently set toner
14 44
cartridge
ROM size Total printed pages of previously set
15 45
toner cartridge
Toner type of currently set toner The number of times that the drum unit
16 46
cartridge has been replaced
Toner type of previously set toner Drum unit replacement date
17 47
cartridge
18 Result of Main PCB inspection 48 Machine error log
19 Result of
of High-voltage PCB inspection 49 Status log
The number of times of the discharge Total copied pages of ADF/ Document
20 50
error / Fuser unit error scanner unit
Polygon motor error occurred / The Document jams that have occurred in
21 number of times of the power supply 51 ADF
waveform detection error
22 Not necessary for maintenance 52 Communication error log
23 ADF sensor log 53 Home position detection error / Error log
24 Estimated re
remaining tto
oner a
am
mount 54 Total po
power d
diistribution titime
Remaining life of drum unit The number of times that the power has
25 55
been turned ON
26 Accumulated average co
coverage 56 operating state *1
Sensor op
Average coverage by the toner cartridge Start date for machine operation
27 57
which is currently used (Starting date of PC print)
Average coverage by the toner cartridge Start date for machine operation (Set
28 58
which is previously used date of RTC)
Drum page count Half-speed printing times / Half-speed
29 59
printing pages / Thermal storage counter
30 Ro
Rota
tati
tion
ons
s of
of tthe
he drum
drum
*1
KO : Paper feed sensor OFF time / Paper feed sensor ON time (This sensor is not provided.)
 MN : Paper feed
feed sensor OFF
OFF time / Paper feed
feed sensor
sensor ON time
RS : Paper printing
printing position
position sensor OFF time
time / Paper printing
printing position
position sensor ON tim
time
e
EJ : Eject
Eject sensor
sensor OFF
OFF time
time / Eject
Eject sensor
sensor ON time
time

4-42 Confidential

DCP-16** series, MFC-19** series

 Fig. 4-13

4-43 Confidential

1 Model name 26 Printed PC pages

2 Serial number 27 List/Fax pages
3 Model code 28 Accumulated average coverage
Country code Average coverage by the current toner
4 29
cartridge
Switch check sum (factory use) Average coverage by the previous toner
5 30
cartridge
6 Main firmware version 31 Drum page count
7 Boot firmware version 32 Rotations of the drum
Engine firmware version Total rotations of the developer roller
8 33
(currently / previously used toner)
9 Memory version 34 Total printed pages / paper size
USB ID code Printed pages per current toner cartridge /
10 35 Printed pages per previously used toner
cartridge
RAM size Total rotations of the developer roller
excluding rotations not related to printing
11 36
such as warming-up (currently / previously
used toner)
12 ROM check sum *1 37 To
Tota
tall pa
pape
perr jam
jams
s by
by s
sec
ecti
tion
on
*1
RTC (Real Time Clock) check Thermal storage counter / Half-speed
13 38
printing pages / Half-speed printing times
14 RTC
RTC ((Re
Real
al Time
Time Cloc
Clock)
k) backup *1
backup 39 Machine er
error lo
log
*1
Time before RTC (Real Time Clock) backup Replacement count by consumables and
15 40
periodic replacement parts
16 Time
Time af
after
ter RTC
RTC ((Rea
Reall Ti
Time
me Clo
Clock
ck)) b
backup *1
ackup 41 Scanned p
pa
ages
Function code: 55 result / Wireless LAN Communication error log / Total pages
setting by spec / Wireless LAN output peak / printed at the time of the error *1
17 42
WLAN Setup YES/NO setting / Current toner
cartridge type / Previous toner cartridge type
Main PCB inspection log / High voltage Developing bias voltage value
inspection log / The number of times that the
discharge error / Fuser unit error / Polygon
18 motor lock error / Irregular power supply 43
detection error occurred / Irregular power
supply detection warning occurred / Process
status

19 Next power on state / Process status / 44 Engine sensor log (Not necessary for
Process checksum maintenance)
Not necessary for maintenance (ADF sensor Status log (Not necessary for maintenance)
20 45
log)
Estimated remaining toner amount Home position detection error / Home
21 46 position detection error log (Not necessary
for maintenance)
22 Remaining life of drum unit 47 Total power distribution time
Threshold setting rate when toner is running The number of times that the power is turned
23 48
out ON
Total printed pages Start date for machine operation / First RTC
24 49
setting date
25 Copied p
pa
ages
*1
Models with modem only
 4-44 Confidential

1.3.23 Operational check

check of fans (function code: 78)
78)

<Function>
This function allows you to check that the fan is operating normally. The rotation speed is
changed among three settings: 100%, 50% and OFF.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [7] and [8] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Press the [▲] or [▼] button to display “MAINTENANCE 78” on the LCD and press the
[OK] button.
(2) “F 100” is displaye
displayedd on the LCD, and and the fan operates
operates at the
the rotati
rotating
ng speed of
of
100%. If the fan is faulty
f aulty,, “F NG” is displayed on the LCD.
(3) Press
Press the [S
[Star
tart]
t] button
button..
“F 50” is displayed on the LCD, and the fan operates at the rotating speed of 50%.
(4) Press the [St
[Start]
art] button.
button. “F 0” is displaye
displayed
d on the LCD, and
and the fan stops.
stops.
(5) Press the [Start]
[Start] button.
button. “F 100” is display
displayed
ed on the LCD, an and
d the machine
machine returns to the
state described in step (1). Every
Ever y time the [Start] button is pressed, the displayed
rotating speed changes as described in steps (1) to (3).
(6) Press the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button to return
return the machine to the
the initial state
state of mainte
maintenance
nance
mode.
 4-45 Confidential

1.3.24 Display machine

machine log information (function code: 80)
80)

<Function>
This function is used to display the log informatio
information
n on the LCD.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [8] and [0] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 80”
80” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “USB:********”
“USB:********” or “MACERR_0
“MACERR_01:****”
1:****” is d
display
isplayed
ed on the LCD.
LCD. (The machine
machine seri
serial
al
number is displayed for *********.)
Numeric key pad models
Pressi
Pressing
ng the
the [ ] butto
button
n displ
displays
ays the next
next it
item.
em.
Pressi
Pressing
ng the
the [ ] butto
button
n return
returns
s to tthe
he previ
previous
ous item.
item.
Non-numeric key pad models
Press the [Start] button to displays the next item.
(3) When the [Stop/Exi
[Stop/Exit]
t] button is
is pressed,
pressed, the machine
machine returns
returns to the initial
initial state
state of
maintenance mode.

Display information
DCP-15** series, MFC-18** series

LCD Description
USB:************ Serial number *1
PCB:************ Main PCB serial number
KTN_ERM:**% Estimated remaining black toner a
am
mount based on c
co
overage
KTN_RRM:**% Estimated remaining black toner amount based on the rotations
of developer roller
DRUM_PG:00000000 Printed pa
pages ffo
or dr
drum
TTL_PG:00000000 Total pr
printed p
pa
ages

TTLCOPY:00000000 Total pages copied

TTLPCPT:00000000 Total pages printed via PC
TTLFAX:00000000 Total printed List / Fax pages *2
KCVRG
VRGUSI
SI::*.
*.***% Average covera
rage
ge by th
the tto
oner car
carttridge w
wh
hich is
is c
cu
urrent
ently u
us
sed
KCVRGACC:*.**% Accumulated av
average co
coverage
DRUM:00000000 Rotations of the drum
KTN_
TN_RND:000
000
00000 Rotati
tion
ons
s of
of tth
he de
developer rro
oller
A4+LTR:00000000 Printed pages of A4 size and Letter size paper
LG+FOL:0
:000
000
00000 Pr
Priinted pa
pages of
of Le
Legal size a
an
nd Fo
Folio si
size p
pap
ape
er
OTHER:00000000 Printed pages of other types of paper
TTL_JAM:
AM:00
0000
000
0000 Total paper jams that have occurred
TR1_
TR1_JA
JAM:
M:0
00000
000000
000
0 Pape
Paperr jams
jams th
that
at ha
have
ve occu
occurr
rred
ed in pap
paper tr
tra
ay
IN_JAM:00000000 Paper jja
ams th
that ha
have oc
occurred in
in th
the m
ma
achine

4-46 Confidential

LCD Description
RE_JA
E_JAM:
M:00
0000
0000
0000
00 Pape
Paperr jjam
ams
s ttha
hatt h
hav
ave
e occ
occur
urre
red
d at
at the
the ej
ejec
ecti
ting
ng se
sect
ctio
ion
noorr b
bac
ack
k
cover
POWER:00000000 Total power distribution time
PWRC
PWRCN
NT:00
T:0000
0000
0000
00 The
The num
numbe
berr o
off ttim
imes
es that
that the
the p
pow
ower
er has
has bee
been
n ttur
urne
ned
d ON
ON

MACERR_01:0000 Machine error log (past ten errors) *3

KTN_CH:0000 The nu
number o
off ttiimes th
that th
the tto
oner ca
cartridge ha
has b
be replaced *4
een re
DRUM_CH:0000 The number of times th drrum unit has been replaced *4
that the d
KTN
KTN_P
_PG1
G1:0
:000
0000
0000
000
0 Pag
Pages pr
prin
inte
ted
d wit
with
h tthe
he cu
curr
rren
entt ton
toner
er ca
cart
rtri
ridg
dge
e
KTN
KTN_P
_PG2
G2:0
:000
0000
0000
000
0 Page
Pages
sppri
rin
nte
ted
d wit
with
h tthe
he pr
prev
evio
ious
us tone
tonerr car
cartr
trid
idge
ge
ADF_PG:00000000 The number of pages scanned from ADF
FB_PG:000000 The number of
of pages scanned o
on
n th
the document scanner unit
ADF_JAM:000000 The number of jams that occurred in scanning from ADF
COMERR1 Latest communication error log (past three errors) *5
KDEV_BIAS:***V Black developing bias voltage value
ENGERR01:000000 Engine e
errror llo
og ((p
past te
ten e
errrors)
HODN_ER:0000 The number of discharge errors
FUSR_ER:0000 The number of fuser unit errors
MTLK_E
K_ER:0000
0000000 The
The nu
number of
of po
polygon m
mo
otor
tor llo
ock err
erro
ors
CDWN
DWN_I
_IN
N:000
:00000
00 Th
Ther
erma
mall st
stor
orag
age
e co
coun
unte
terr / in
inte
term
rmit
itte
tent
nt pr
prin
inti
ting
ng pag
pages / in
inte
term
rmit
itte
tent
nt
*6
printing times
DEVST
EVSTA
ATUS_
TUS_0
01:
1:0
00 Log ffo
or d
de
esign a
an
nalysis ((p
past te status) *7
ten st

DCP-1610W/1611W/1612W/1615NW/1616NW/1617NW/1618W/1622W/1623W
MFC-1910W/1911W/1911NW/1912W/1915W/1915NW/1916W/1916NW/1919NW

LCD Description
MACERR_01:0000 Machine error log (past ten errors) *3

USB:************ Serial number *1

MAC:************ MAC Address *8
PCB:************ Main PCB serial number
KTN_ERM:**% Estimated remaining black toner a
am
mount based on c
co
overage
KTN_RRM:**% Estimated remaining black toner amount based on the rotations
of developer roller
DRUM_PG:00000000 Printed pa
pages ffo
or dr
drum
TTL_PG:00000000 Total pr
printed p
pa
ages
TTLCOPY:00000000 Total pages copied
TTLPCPT:00000000 Total pages printed via PC
TTLFAX:00000000 Total printed List / Fax pages *2
KCVRG
VRGUSI
SI::*.
*.***% Average covera
rage
ge by th
the tto
oner car
carttridge w
wh
hich is
is c
cu
urrent
ently u
us
sed
KCVRGACC:*.**% Accumulated av
average co
coverage
DRUM:00000000 Rotations of the drum

4-47 Confidential

LCD Description
KTN_RND:000
000
00000 Rotati
tion
ons
s of
of tth
he de
developer rro
oller
A4+LTR:00000000 Printed pages of A4 size and Letter size paper
LG+FOL:0000
0000000 Pr
Priinted pa
pages of
of Le
Legal si
size a
an
nd Fo
Folio si
size p
pap
ape
er
B5+EXE
+EXE:0
:00
0000000 Pr
Priint
nte
ed p
pa
ages of
of B5
B5 si
size a
an
nd Ex
Executive s
siize p
pa
aper
per
A5:00000000 Printed pages of A5 size paper
OTHER:00000000 Printed pages of other types of paper
TTL_JAM:
AM:00000
000
000 Tot
Total paper jams that have occurred
TR1_
TR1_JA
JAM:
M:00
000
00000
00000
0 Pape
Paperr jams
jams th
that
at ha
have
ve occu
occurr
rred
ed in pap
paper tr
tra
ay
IN1_JAM:
M:0
00000000 Paper jja
ams that h
ha
ave oc
occurred in
in tth
he mac
mach
hine
IN
IN2_
2_JA
JAM:
M:00
0000
0000
0000
00 Pape
Paperr ja
jams
ms th
that
at ha
have
ve oc
occu
curr
rred
ed at the
the ej
ejec
ecti
ting
ng sect
sectio
ion
n or back
back
cover
POWER:00000000 Total power distribution time
PWRC
PWRCN
NT:00
T:0000
0000
0000
00 The
The nu
number
mber of ti
time
mes
s ttha
hatt the
the power
ower has
has bee
been
n ttur
urne
ned
d ON
ON
KTN_CH:0000 The number of times that the toner cartridge has been replaced *4
DRUM_CH:0000 The number of times th drrum unit has been replaced *4
that the d
KTN
KTN_P
_PG1
G1:0
:000
0000
0000
000
0 Pag
Pages pr
prin
inte
ted
d wit
with
h tthe
he cu
curr
rren
entt ton
toner
er ca
cart
rtri
ridg
dge
e
KTN
KTN_P
_PG2
G2:0
:000
0000
0000
000
0 Page
Pages
sppri
rin
nte
ted
d wit
with
h tthe
he pr
prev
evio
ious
us tone
tonerr car
cartr
trid
idge
ge
ADF_PG:00000000 The number of pages scanned from ADF
FB_PG:000000 The number of
of pages scanned o
on
n th
the document scanner unit
ADF_JAM:000000 The number of jams that occurred in scanning from ADF
COMERR1 Latest communication error log (past three errors) *5
KDEV_BIAS:***V Black developing bias voltage value
ENGERR01:000000 Engine e
errror llo
og ((p
past te errrors) *5
ten e
HODN_ER:0000 The number of discharge errors
FUSR_ER:0000 The number of fuser unit errors

MTLK_E
K_ER:0000
0000000 The
The nu
number ofof po
polygon m mootor
tor llo
ock err
erro
ors
DEVST
EVSTA
ATUS_
TUS_0
01:
1:0
00 Log ffo
or d
de
esign aan
nalysis ((p
past te status) *7
ten st
CDWN
DWN_I
_IN
N:000
:00000
00 Th
Ther
erma
mall st
stor
orag
age
e co
coun
unte
terr / in
inte
term
rmit
itte
tent
nt pr
prin
inti
ting
ng pag
pages / in
inte
term
rmit
itte
tent
nt
*6
printing times
*1
The serial number can be changed according to the steps below.
1) Numeri
Numericc ke
key
y pad models
models
While the serial number is displayed, press the [9], [4], [7], and [5] buttons in this
order.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
esss the
the [ ] oorr [ ] bbutt
utton
on to di
disp
splalay
y “9”
“9” on the LCD
LCD aand
nd pre
press
ss the
the [OK
[OK]] bu
butt
tton
on to
ente
enterr. Ente
Enterr the
the “4”,
“4”, “7”
“7” an
andd “5”
“5” in tthi
his
s orde
orderr by usi
using
ng tthe
he [ ], [ ] and
and [OK]
[OK] bbut
utto
tons
ns
similarly.
2) The cursor appears
appears on the first digit
digit of the serial numbe
numberr and the machine enters
enters edit
 mode.

4-48 Confidential

Numeric key pad models

Use the numeric key pad to enter the first digit of the serial number.
number. The cursor
moves to the second digit. Then enter the second digit to the 15th digit similarly.
<Entry method of alphanumeric characters>

See the right table and press the Numeric key Assigned characters
corresponding key until the desired pad
character is displayed. 2 2AB  C
3 3DE  F
4 4GHI
5 5JKL
6 6MN  O
7 7PQR  S
8 8TU  V
9 9WX  YZ

Non-numeric key pad models

Pr
Press
ess th
the
e [ ] or [ ] butto
button
n to dis
displ
play
ay the
the fir
first
st dig
digit
it o
off th
the
e seri
serial
al num
numbe
berr and
and pr
pres
ess
s
the [OK] button. The cursor moves to the second digit. Then enter the second digit to
th
the
e115t
5th
h dig
digit
it by usin
using
g tthe
he [ ], [ ]a
and
nd [O
[OK]
K] bu
butt
tton
ons
s sim
simil
ilarl
arly
y.
3) Press the [Start]
[Start] button
button after the 15 digits
digits is entered and the new serial numbe
numberr is
saved. The machine returns to the initial state of maintenance mode.
*2
No modem model shows number of pages for List printing only.
*3
When the [OK] button is pressed while the machine error is displayed, the LCD changes to
“PGCNT:*******”. The total printed pages at the error occurrence is displayed for “*******”.
*4
When the [OK] button is pressed while the number of times the part has been replaced is
displayed, the LCD changes to “DATE_XX:*******”. The abbreviation of each part is
displayed for “XX” and the latest replacement date is displayed for “*******”.
*5
Pressing the [OK] button while the communication error is displayed shows
“DATE:0000000000” and the date of replacement on the LCD. (Models without RTC does
not display the replacement date.)
*6
LCD displays
pressed while “CDWN_PG:00000” (intermittent
thermal storage counter printing
is displayed. By pages) when
pressing the [OK]
the [OK] button
button is
again,
LCD displays “CDWN_CNT:00000”
“CDWN_CNT:00000” (intermittent printing times).
*7
When the [OK] button is pressed while the analysis log is displayed, the LCD changes to
“PGCNT:*******”.
The total printed pages at the log occurrence is displayed for “*******”.
*8
Displayed on wired LAN models only
 4-49 Confidential

1.3.25 Display machine

machine error code
code (function code:
code: 82)

<Function>
This function is used to display the latest machine error code on the LCD.

<Operating Procedure>
(1
(1)) Nume
Numeri
ric
c key
key pad
pad mo
modedels
ls
Press the [8] and [2] buttons in this order in the initial state of maintenance mode.
Non-numeric key pad models
Pr
Pres
ess
s the
the [ ] or [ ] butt
button
on to
to disp
displa
lay
y “MAI
“MAINTE
NTENA
NANC
NCE
E 82”
82” on the
the LCD
LCD and
and pres
press
s the
the
[OK] button.
(2) “MACHI
“MACHINE
NE ERR XXXX”
XXXX” is is displa
displayed
yed on
on the LCD.
LCD.
When the [Stop/Exit] button is pressed, the machine returns to the initial state of
maintenance mode.

1.3.26 Send communication

communication log information to telephone line (f
(function
unction code: 87)

<Function>
This function is used to send the error list to service personnel at a remote service station

when a faxthe
list allows communication problem
service personnel has occurred
to analyze in the in
the problem user's machine.
the user's Receiving the error
machine.

<Operating Procedure>
• Se
Serv
rvic
ice
e si
side
de
(1) The service
service personnel
personnel connects
connects the
the telephone
telephone line to the
the targ
target
et user.
user.
• Use
serr s
sid
ide
e
(2) While the machine
machine is in the
the ready state,
state, press the
the [Menu], [S
[Start]
tart] and [Menu]
[Menu] butt
buttons
ons in
this order. “0” is displayed on the LCD.
(3) Press the [8] and
and [7] buttons in this
this order.
order. “SENDING P
P.01”
.01” is displayed
displayed on the LCD
LCD,,
and the error list is sent.
(4) When sending
sending the error
error list is complete
completed,
d, the machine
machine returns
returns to the ready
ready state.
state.